We so far had two variables IMG_PREFIX and IMAGE_PREFIX with
different content. Since these names are obviously quite
confusing, this patch renames the latter to DEVICE_IMG_PREFIX,
as it's a device-dependent variable, while IMG_PREFIX is only
(sub)target-dependent.
For consistency, also rename IMAGE_NAME to DEVICE_IMG_NAME, as
that's a device-dependent variable as well.
Cc: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MediaTek targets always use U-Boot's modern uImage.FIT format which
allows bundling several blobs into a single file including hashes,
descriptions and more. In fact, we are already using that to bundle
the Flattened Device Tree blob with the kernel on this and many
other targets.
In the same fashion, we can now make use of the newly introduced
support for building seperate ramdisk to uImage.FIT with a dedicated
initrd blob checked and loaded by U-Boot instead of embedding the
cpio archive into the kernel itself.
This allows for having larger ramdisks, choosing ramdisk compression
independently of kernel compression (while only kernel is decompressed
by the bootloader) and for more easily replacing or modifying the
filesystem contained in an initramfs image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
PCIe still reports link-down for some reason, RAID fails to assemble
despite SATA looking good (maybe a generic problem with RAID?)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This was overlooked when adding support for this device.
(It has recently been discovered that this was the only device in
ath79 having &uart disabled.)
Fixes: acc6263013 ("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-USB150")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh again]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
simplify maintaining mt7622-bananapi-bpi-r64-rootdisk.dts by
storing only differences between upstream dts
Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
This creates a shared DTSI for qca955x Senao/Engenius APs with
concatenated firmware partition/okli loader:
- EAP1200H
- EnstationAC v1
To make this usable for future boards with 32 MB flash as well,
split the partitions node already.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These recipes and definitions can apply
to devices from other vendors
with PCB boards or SDK produced by Senao
not only the brand Engenius
possible examples:
Extreme Networks, WatchGuard, OpenMesh,
Fortinet, ALLNET, OCEDO, Plasma Cloud, devolo, etc.
so rename all of these items
and move DEVICE_VENDOR from common to generic/tiny.mk
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
This creates a shared DTSI for ar934x Senao/Engenius APs:
- EAP300 v2
- ENS202EXT v1
- EAP600
- ECB600
Since ar9341/ar9344 have different configuration, this new file
mostly contains the partitioning.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a shared DTSI for ar724x Senao/Engenius APs:
- ENH202 v1
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
Since ar7240/ar7242 have different configuration, this new file
mostly contains the partitioning.
Suggested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The uart node is enabled on all devices except one (GL-USB150 *).
Thus, let's not have a few hundred nodes to enable it, but do not
disable it in the first place.
Where the majority of devices is using it, also move the serial0
alias to the DTSI.
*) Since GL-USB150 even defines serial0 alias, the missing uart
is probably just a mistake. Anyway, disable it for now so this
patch stays cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested on Pogoplug V4.
Linksys EA3500 will not build with buildbot settings and should be
disabled when the target is switched, unless the image size is
reduced again.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[add EA3500 comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig.
CONFIG_SATA_PMP=y is added manually as done for 5.4.
This should be resolved properly in a separate issue.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[add back CONFIG_SATA_PMP, rebase/refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CONFIG_NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX_PTP was simply missing in generic config.
CONFIG_I2C_PXA_SLAVE was previously enabled via i2c-pxa package,
but got removed there without moving the symbol to generic config.
Fixes: dd13add3ce ("kernel: i2c-pxa: remove slave")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allow for single (external-data) FIT image to hold kernel, dtb and
squashfs. In that way, the bootloader verifies the system integrity
including the rootfs, because what's the point of checking that the
hash of the kernel is correct if it won't boot in case of squashfs
being corrupted? Better allow bootloader to check everything needed
to make it at least up to failsafe mode. As a positive side effect
this change also makes the sysupgrade process on nand potentially
much easier as it is now.
In short: mkimage has a parameter '-E' which allows generating FIT
images with 'external' data rather than embedding the data into the
device-tree blob itself. In this way, the FIT structure itself remains
small and can be parsed easily (rather than having to page around
megabytes of image content). This patch makes use of that and adds
support for adding sub-images of type 'filesystem' which are used to
store the squashfs. Now U-Boot can verify the whole OS and the new
partition parsers added in the Linux kernel can detect the filesystem
sub-images, create partitions for them, and select the active rootfs
volume based on the configuration in FIT (passing configuration via
device tree could be implemented easily at a later stage).
This new FIT partition parser works for NOR flash (on top of mtdblock),
NAND flash (on top of ubiblock) as well as classic block devices
(ie. eMMC, SDcard, SATA, NVME, ...).
It could even be used to mount such FIT images via `losetup -P` on a
user PC if this patch gets included in Linux upstream one day ;)
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The kernel bump to 5.4 has removed the mx25l25635f hack, and the
mx25l25635f compatible is no longer required.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
As suggested by Sergio, this adds GPIOs 19 and 8 explicitly into the
DIR-860L DTS, so the PCI-E ports get reset and the N radio (radio1)
on PCI-E port 1 comes up reliably.
Fixes the following error that popped up in dmesg:
[ 1.638942] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Suggested-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
The Netgear R6800 and R6700v2 devices have a Semtech SX1503 GPIO
expander controlling the device LEDs. This expander was initially
supported on 4.14, but support was lost in the transition to 5.4.
Since this driver cannot be built as a kernel module, enable it in the
kernel config for all mt7621 devices.
Run-tested on a Netgear R6800.
Cc: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Marvell mv88e6xxx switch series cannot perform MAC learning from
CPU-injected (FROM_CPU) DSA frames, which results in 2 issues.
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses
as unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
Backport those patch series from netdev mailing list, which solve these
issues by adding and clearing static entries to the switch's FDB.
Add a hack patch to set default VID to 1 in port_fdb_{add,del}. Otherwise
the static entries will be added to the switch's private FDB if VLAN
filtering disabled, which will not work.
The switch may generate an "ATU violation" warning when a client moves
from the CPU port to a switch port because the static ATU entry added by
DSA core still points to the CPU port. DSA core will then clear the static
entry so it is not fatal. Disable the warning so it will not confuse users.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106095136.224739-1-olteanv@gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210116012515.3152-1-tobias@waldekranz.com/
Ref: https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/turris-build/-/issues/165
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Add symbol to generic config (this was added between 5.4 and 5.10),
and remove it from the targets where it was added by kernel_oldconfig
in the meantime.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Description:
1. From key and led config setting, we can find only "uartf" and "i2c" are used
as gpio by check mt7620 datasheet. It's time to remove unused pin group.
2. PSG1218 only have three led, so we can remove ethernet led pinctrl. refer to
Phicomm K2G.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
Keep 5.4 as stable until further validation.
Tested on Turris Omnia (Rui Salvaterra) and ESPRESSObin v5 (Tomasz
Maciej Nowak). Cortex-A{53,72} subtargets are only build-tested.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[added comment about tests]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable and fix hardware buffer management. Also fix the IRQ storm caused by a
misconfiguration of the PCA9538 interrupt pin.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Make each logical patch group numbering contiguous.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[add kernel version to backport]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Also delete already upstreamed patches/changes.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Just a simple copy, no refresh yet.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[do not duplicate files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove the implicit/inherited symbols. While not strictly necessary, this will
make reviewing the diff between 5.4 and 5.10 easier.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
This will make the specific kconfig smaller.
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[improved commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SMP isn't supported on BCM6358 since it has a shared TLB. Some boards boot
with CPU #1 instead of CPU #0, and this is currently not supported do to a
smp-bmips bug.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The current driver has some troubles:
- Some groupings are wrong.
- The pinctrl group0 owns pins never used (at least in Openwrt) for any
pinmux. The driver hijacks all the pins on the group avoiding any other
use, spite they're free. I.e. for buttons, causing this kernel error:
[ 4.735928] gpio-keys-polled keys: unable to claim gpio 479, err=-22
[ 4.742642] gpio-keys-polled: probe of keys failed with error -22
- Minor errors about groupings on the documentation
- Missing "diag" grouping in dtsi
- Wrong groupings in dtsi
Fix it by setting the correct groups.
And relax the pin capturing, letting the gpios belonging to any group to
be used for other purposes like buttons. This was the behavior with stock
firmwares and old OpenWrt versions which never caused any trouble.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
IMAGE_NAME is set twice for ventana, and the second value
actually matches the default in image.mk. Remove both.
Fixes: ded905ce43 ("imx6: extend cubox support to hummingboard,
add support for building full images")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The variables KERNEL_INITRAMFS_PREFIX and KERNEL_PREFIX are already
defined in include/image.mk and don't have to be redefined in the
target Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[also cover imx6]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like done for several targets already, splitting base-files into
subtarget will provide smaller images due to more specific
distribution of files per subtarget and allow to use default cases
more effectively.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
IPSEC needs a reset before using its HW RNG.
Otherwise, the numbers generated won't be random at all.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The lan port sequence was reversed compared to the labels.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The aliases node is expected as one of the first entries, and
having it there matches alphabetic sorting as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These were redefines of the same value already set in the SoC dtsi
files.
Reported-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has full device tree support, thus reducing the number of
patches needed for bcm63xx, in which there's a patch for every board.
The intention is to start with a minimal amount of downstream patches and
start upstreaming all of them.
Current status:
- Enabling EHCI/OHCI on BCM6358 causes a kernel panic.
- BCM63268 lacks Timer Clocks/Reset support.
- No PCI/PCIe drivers.
- No ethernet drivers.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since there are only 16 characters available, on most cases the vendor name
will fit in the metadata, but the model name won't fit.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Broadcom CFE bootloader relies on a tag for identifying the current firmware,
such as version, image start address, kernel address and size, rootfs size,
board id, signatures, etc.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Phicomm K2G:
add missing label_mac
Phicomm PSG1218A & PSG1218B:
The previous wan mac was set as factory@0x28 +1 (originally based
on the default case for the ramips target), but the correct wan mac
is factory@0x28 -1, being equal to factory@0x2e.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Regulator support was enabled on all subtargets except for ath79-nand.
With Kernel 5.10, AT803x requires Regulator support, thus enabling on
the complete target, as ath79-nand requires AT803x.
While this is only required on Kernel 5.10, enable it also on 5.4. We
have no major size-constraint, so enabling it on 5.4 allows us to clean
up the occurences in the subtarget configuration.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As mangix pointed out on IRC, ioremap and ioremap_nocache are
functionally equivalent on kenrel 5.4 and 5.10.
Therefore we can use ioremap regardless of the kernel the driver
gets compiled for.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This was done by executing this script:
find . -name "config-*" > ../configs.txt
for config in $(cat ../configs.txt); do
./scripts/kconfig.pl '+' $config /dev/null > $config-new
mv $config-new $config
done
rm ../configs.txt
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
This patch allows devices without a high resolution timer to boot up faster.
It should speed up boots for bcm2708 and bcm63xx.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This driver adds the LED support for the PC Engines APU1.
This integrates the Linux kernel driver and includes a patch to support
newer firmware versions. Also the default LED configuration is updated
to use the correct devices.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
The Netgear EX6150 can, just like the D-Link DIR-860L rev B1, fail to
initialise both radios in some cases. Add the reset GPIOs explicitly
so the PCI-E devices get re-initialised properly. See also FS #3632.
Error shows up in dmesg as follows:
[ 1.560764] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Tested-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[removed period from commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds Kernel 5.10 support for the generic, nand and tiny subtargets.
The following patch is not contained, as it needs to be reworked:
platform/920-mikrotik-rb4xx.patch
Tested-on:
- Siemens WS-AP3610
- Enterasys WS-AP3710
- Aerohive HiveAP 121
- TP-Link TL-WA901 v2
- TP-Link TL-WR741 v1
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Adapt the driver to make it work with the NAND subsystem changes between
kernel 5.4 and 5.10.
Tested-on: Aerohive HiveAP121
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Specify the device_type property for PCI as well as PCIe controllers.
Otherwise, the PCI range parser will not be selected when using kernel
5.10.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested on: Sophos RED 15W
The TP-Link WL-WDR4900 needs to be disabled when 5.10 becomes the
default kernel.
When building with all kmods enabled, the resulting kernel image
exceeds the maximum size the bootloader reads from the flash.
For more information, see GitHub issue #1773
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove all upstreamed patches and add the kernel configuration for
version 5.10.
The Rock Pi 4 was split in multiple versions. Add a DTS with the old
name in order to keep compatibility while having kernel 5.4 and 5.10 in
parallel. Switch to the Rock Pi 4A DTS once Kernel 5.4 support is
removed.
Tested-on: Nanoi R2S
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Support new devices LS1046AFRWY and LX2160ARDB in README.
Clean up README, and add missing LS1021ATWR deploy guide.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[adjust set of devices added, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The QorIQ LX2160A reference design board provides a comprehensive platform
that enables design and evaluation of the LX2160A processor.
- Enables network intelligence with the next generation Datapath (DPPA2)
which provides differentiated offload and a rich set of IO, including
10GE, 25GE, 40GE, and PCIe Gen4
- Delivers unprecedented efficiency and new virtualized networks
- Supports designs in 5G packet processing, network function
virtualization, storage controller, white box switching, network
interface cards, and mobile edge computing
- Supports all three LX2 family members (16-core LX2160A; 12-core LX2120A;
and 8-core LX2080A)
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[use AUTORELEASE, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The LS1046A Freeway board (FRWY) is a high-performance computing,
evaluation, and development platform that supports the QorIQ
LS1046A architecture processor capable of support more than 32,000
CoreMark performance. The FRWY-LS1046A board supports the QorIQ
LS1046A processor, onboard DDR4 memory, multiple Gigabit Ethernet,
USB3.0 and M2_Type_E interfaces for Wi-Fi.
The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes the Coral Tensor Flow Processing Unit
that offloads AI/ML inferencing from the CPU to provide significant
boost for AI/ML applications. The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes one M.2
TPU module and more modules can easily be added including USB
versions of the module to scale the AI/ML performance.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[rebase, use AUTORELEASE, fix sorting, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upcoming devices will not need the migration setup, so let's move
it out of the common definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As kernel size increased it start to fail to load squishfs image,
using lzma-loader fixed it.
wevo_11acnas is almost same device as w2914ns-v2 except ram size,
so I expect same thing would've happen in that device too.
Signed-off-by: Seo Suchan <abnoeh@mail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The TP-Link EAP235-Wall is a wall-mounted, PoE-powered AC1200 access
point with four gigabit ethernet ports.
When connecting to the device's serial port, it is strongly advised to
use an isolated UART adapter. This prevents linking different power
domains created by the PoE power supply, which may damage your devices.
The device's U-Boot supports saving modified environments with
`saveenv`. However, there is no u-boot-env partition, and saving
modifications will cause the partition table to be overwritten. This is
not an issue for running OpenWrt, but will prevent the vendor FW from
functioning properly.
Device specifications:
* SoC: MT7621DAT
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (MT7603EN): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (MT7613BEN): a/n/ac, 2x2
* Ethernet: 4× GbE
* Back side: ETH0, PoE PD port
* Bottom side: ETH1, ETH2, ETH3
* Single white device LED
* LED button, reset button (available for failsafe)
* PoE pass-through on port ETH3 (enabled with GPIO)
Datasheet of the flash chip specifies a maximum frequency of 33MHz, but
that didn't work. 20MHz gives no errors with reading (flash dump) or
writing (sysupgrade).
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware uses the same MAC address for ethernet (on device label)
and 2.4GHz wireless. The 5GHz wireless address is incremented by one.
This address is stored in the 'info' ('default-mac') partition at an
offset of 8 bytes.
From OEM ifconfig:
eth a4:2b:b0:...:88
ra0 a4:2b:b0:...:88
rai0 a4:2b:b0:...:89
Flashing instructions:
* Enable SSH in the web interface, and SSH into the target device
* run `cliclientd stopcs`, this should return "success"
* upload the factory image via the web interface
Debricking:
U-boot can be interrupted during boot, serial console is 57600 baud, 8n1
This allows installing a sysupgrade image, or fixing the device in
another way.
* Access serial header from the side of the board, close to ETH3,
pin-out is (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V), with pin 1 closest to ETH3.
* Interrupt bootloader by holding '4' during boot, which drops the
bootloader into its shell
* Change default 'serverip' and 'ipaddr' variables (optional)
* Download initramfs with `tftpboot`, and boot image with `bootm`
# tftpboot 84000000 openwrt-initramfs.bin
# bootm
Revert to stock:
Using the tplink-safeloader utility from the firmware-utils package,
TP-Link's firmware image can be converted to an OpenWrt-compatible
sysupgrade image:
$ ./staging_dir/host/bin/tplink-safeloader -B EAP235-WALL-V1 \
-z EAP235-WALLv1_XXX_up_signed.bin -o eap235-sysupgrade.bin
This can then be flashed using the OpenWrt sysupgrade interface. The
image will appear to be incompatible and must be force flashed, without
keeping the current configuration.
Known issues:
- DFS support is incomplete (known issue with MT7613)
- MT7613 radio may stop responding when idling, reboot required.
This was an issue with the ddc75ff704 version of mt76, but appears to
have improved/disappeared with bc3963764d.
Error notice example:
[ 7099.554067] mt7615e 0000:02:00.0: Message 73 (seq 1) timeout
Hardware was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Similarly to the Archer C2 v1, the Archer C20 v1 will brick when one
tries to flash an OpenWrt factory image through the TP-Link web UI.
The wiki page contains an explicit warning about this [1].
Disable the factory image altogether since it serves no purpose.
[1] https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tp-link_archer_c20_v1#installation
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The SPDX license identifier must be in the first line of a file,
unless there is a shebang (then it's the second line).
Fix this for the local files, do not care about the upstream patches.
While at it, update the identifiers where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Instead of adding those device tree sources using a patch, simply move
them to the newly created dts folder.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
We can now use the power LED for diag in more devices thanks to the latest
patches from the RPi foundation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Use approach suggested by Adrian Schmutzler instead of introducing
another device variable.
Also revert the unnecessary white-space changes accidentally introduced
by the previous commit.
Fixed: c067b1e79b ("mediatek: move out-of-tree DTS files to dedicated dts folder")
Suggested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <mail@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use dedicated dts folder like on ramips to store device tree source
files for boards not already supported in vanilla Linux.
Doing so instead of having them in files-* has several advantages:
* we don't need to duplicate them for several kernel versions
* changes to a device tree don't trigger a complete kernel rebuild
* the files are more obvious to find
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
No manual changes needed.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
The USB ports if a FRIZZ!Box 7320 do not supply power to connected
devices.
Add the GPIOs enabling USB power as regulator, to enable USB power
supply as soon as the USB driver is loaded.
Fixes FS#3624
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When recursively deleting partitions, don't acquire the masters
partition lock twice. Otherwise the process endy up in a deadlocked
state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7622
512MB DDR3 RAM
64M SPI-NOR Flash (Winbond W25Q512JV)
MediaTek MT7622 802.11bgn 4T4R WMAC
MediaTek MT7915 802.11ax 4T4R
Marvell AQR1112 100/1000/2500 NBase-T PHY
Holtek HT32F52241 LED controller
Reset Switch
UART
----
CPU UART0 at the pinout next to the Holtek MCU.
Pinout (first pin next to SoC / MCU)
0 3V3
1 RX
2 TX
3 GND
Settings are 115200 8N1.
Opening the case
----------------
Opening the case is not a nice task, as itis glued together. Insert a
flat knife between the front and back casing below the ethernet port.
Open up a gap this way and insert a flat scredriver, remove the knife.
Work your way around the casing by applying force to seperate the front
and back casing. This losens the glue and opens the plastic clips. Be
gentle, as these clips are very cheap and break quickly.
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
3. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
4. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock6
5. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock8
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock9
6. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add a driver for controlling the RGB LED via Ubiquitis own "LEDBAR" LED
controller based on the Holtek HT32F52241 MCU.
This driver is initially used by the Ubiquiti UniFi 6 LR, however
judging from FCC pictures the MCU is also found on the U6-Mesh as well
as the U6-Extender.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch has been added to 5.4, but not been copied to 5.10:
7495acb555 ("kernel: backport mtd commit converting partitions doc syntax")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies another patch from 5.4 to 5.10 as well:
de09355f74 ("kernel/hack-5.4: make UDP tunneling user-selectable")
UDP tunneling support isn't user-selectable, but it's required by WireGuard
which is, for the time being, an out-of-tree module. We currently work around
this issue by selecting an unrelated module which depends on UDP tunnelling
(VXLAN). This is inconvenient, as it implies this unrelated module needs to be
built-in when doing a monolithic build.
Fix this inconvenience by making UDP tunneling user-selectable in the kernel
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
File extension was truncated for
pending-5.4/770-11-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-avoid-rearming-interrupt-if.pa
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reapply changes added to 5.4 but not copied to 5.10:
3da4acaa7b ("kernel: fix busy wait loop in mediatek PPE code")
The intention is for the loop to timeout if the body does not succeed.
The current logic calls time_is_before_jiffies(timeout) which is false
until after the timeout, so the loop body never executes.
time_is_after_jiffies(timeout) will return true until timeout is less
than jiffies, which is the intended behavior here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel has changed the of_get_phy_mode API in commit 0c65b2b90d13
("net: of_get_phy_mode: Change API to solve int/unit warnings").
This is already included in kernel 5.5, so fix the version switch
(though this will not actually matter for the versions we support).
Similar driver adjustments to account for the API change will
probably be necessary to various other local drivers.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds quirks support to the "ofpart" parser. It's required to
support fixed partitions that require some extra logic.
Right now only BCM4908 binding is supported (BCM4908 requires detecting
currently used "firmware" partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The intention is for the loop to timeout if the body does not succeed.
The current logic calls time_is_before_jiffies(timeout) which is false
until after the timeout, so the loop body never executes.
time_is_after_jiffies(timeout) will return true until timeout is less
than jiffies, which is the intended behavior here.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
The Netgear EX6150 has an Access Point/Extender switch. Set it as
an EV_SW. Otherwise when it's set to Access Point, it will trigger
failsafe mode during boot.
Fixes: FS#3590
Signed-off-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
This reverts commit 4968fc8fb1 as the bump
to v2021.01 needs swig on the host for pylibfdt which is needed by dtoc
tool to generate .h/.c files from DTBs in SPL for mx6cuboxi_config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The factory images need to embed specific IDs to pass verification with
the OEM firmware (including TFTP recovery), so they need to be
per-device variables.
Fixes: ab1584a797 ("ath79: netgear: trim down uImage customisations")
Fixes: 459c8c9ef8 ("ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6616")
Reported-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin-openwrt@juszkiewicz.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments, sort DEVICE_VARS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are proper workarounds merged to 5.4 stable tree for ESPRESSObin
boards with older bootloader:
4e1a23779bde ("ata: ahci: mvebu: Make SATA PHY optional for Armada 3720")
40af962eb1d4 ("usb: host: xhci: mvebu: make USB 3.0 PHY optional for
Armada 3720")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
The bootloader of a number of recent TP-Link devices does not properly
initialise the MT7621's internal switch when booting from flash. To
enable the mt7530 driver to clear the reset on the switch, the ramips
reset controller must be allowed to toggle these.
Backport upstream commit 3f9ef7785a9c from mips-next to allow control of
the "mcm" reset line.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Upstream in commit 8b9c0cb46471 ("apalis_imx6: boot env configuration
updates") removed emmc legacy wrappers, but so far didn't included any
replacements. Fix it by simply defining the missing variables and UUID
gathering directly into the boot script.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Our patch refresh tool creates quite a big diff for these patches,
as it does not use rename syntax.
Push the refresh separately so it does not pollute the next kernel
bump. This is a purely cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The original setup fails to trigger ART calibration data
extraction for the AR9287. Instead, it would only have extracted
calibration data for an internal WMAC chip which is not present on
this board.
Fixes: 55d2db0e8c ("ath79: add support for Meraki MR12")
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Initial commit 8375623a06 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer
C2") contains detailed installation instructions, which do not mention
a factory image. From what I can see, no support to install OpenWrt
through the vendor web interface has been added since. The factory
image is also conspicuously absent from the device page in the wiki.
Yet, it is available for download.
I bricked my Archer C2 loading the factory image through the web UI.
Serial showed this error during bootloop:
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
This patch disables the undocumented factory image so users won't get
tricked into thinking easy web UI flashing actually works.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The Netgear GS108T v3 is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE-PD support
on port 1. The two prior versions were built using eCos and are not
currently compatible with OpenWRT.
The GS108T v3 is quite similar to both the GS110TPP v1 and GS110TP v3,
all of which use the same firmware image from Netgear. For this reason,
the device tree is identical aside from the model and compatible values.
All of the above feature a dual firmware layout, referred to as Image0
and Image1 in the Netgear firmware.
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8380M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DDR3-1600 DRAM (Winbond W631GG8MB-12)
* 32MB 3v NOR SPI Flash (Macronix MX25L25635F or Winbond W25Q256JVFIQ)
* RTL8231 GPIO extender to control the LEDs and the reset button
* 8 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, internal PHY (RTL8218B)
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J1
* Power is supplied via a 12V 1A barrel connector or 802.3af
UART pinout
-----------
J1 | [o]ooo
^ ||`------ GND
| |`------- RX [TX out of the serial adapter]
| `-------- TX [RX into the serial adapter]
`---------- Vcc (3V3) [the square pin]
The through holes are filled with PB-free solder which melts at 375C.
They can also be drilled using a 0.9mm bit.
Build configuration
-------------------
* Target System: Realtek MIPS
* Target Profile: Netgear GS108T v3
* Target Images -> ramdisk -> Compression: lzma
* Disable other target images
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Init network with `rtk network on` command
3. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-realtek-generic-netgear_gs108t-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
4. Boot the image with `bootm` command
The switch defaults to IP 192.168.1.1 and tries to fetch the image via
TFTP from 192.168.1.111.
Updating the installed firmware
-------------------------------
The OpenWRT ramdisk image can be flashed directly from the Netgear UI.
The Image0 slot should be used in order to enable sysupgrade.
As with similar switches, changing the active boot partition can be
accomplished in U-Boot as follows:
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Run `setsys bootpartition {0|1}` to select the boot partition
3. Run `savesys` followed by `boota` to proceed with the boot process
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
Move most of the GS110TPP v1 device tree into a dtsi so that it can be
shared with the GS108T v3. Additionally:
* Use macros to simplify the ethernet and switch definitions
* Zero-pad the offsets and sizes in the partition map to 8 digits each
The spi-max-frequency value has been changed from 10MHz to 50MHz based
on an analysis of the relevant datasheets. The current driver doesn't
use this property, as the clock speed is fixed. However, it's required
for this type of DT node, so that's why it's present here.
The firmware partition has been split in half, since this is how the
stock firmware uses it. This can be used to easily revert to a stock
firmware if one is written to the second image area.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
The netgear_nge device will be shared between the GS108T v3 (to be added
in a later commit) and the GS110PP v1. It also enables LZMA compression
for the ramdisk image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
The TP-Link TL-WR810N v1 is known to cause soft-brick on ath79 and
work fine for ar71xx [1]. On closer inspection, the only apparent
difference is the GPIO used for the USB regulator, which deviates
between the two targets.
This applies the value from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested successfully by a forum user.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/tp-link-tl-wr810n-v1-ath79/48267
Fixes: cdbf2de777 ("ath79: Add support for TP-Link WR810N")
Fixes: FS#3522
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7603E, MediaTek MT7612E
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- LEDs: Power, System, Wan, Lan 1-4, WiFi 2.4G, WiFi 5G, WPS, USB
- Power: DC 12V 1A tip positive
UART Serial:
115200 baud
Located on unpopulated 4 pin header near J4:
J4
[o] Rx
[o] Tx
[o] GND
[ ] Vcc - Do not connect
Installation:
Download and flash the manufacturer's built OpenWRT image available at
http://www.cudytech.com/openwrt_software_download
Install the new OpenWRT image via luci (System -> Backup/Flash firmware)
Be sure to NOT keep settings. The force upgrade may need to be checked
due to differences in router naming conventions.
Recovery:
- Loads only signed manufacture firmware due to bootloader RSA verification
- serve tftp-recovery image as /recovery.bin on 192.168.1.88/24
- connect to any lan ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button for image to
download
- See http://www.cudytech.com/newsinfo/547425.html
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:f0 label
WAN *:f1 label + 1
2g *:f0 label
5g *:f2 label + 2
The label MAC address is found in bdinfo 0xde00.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* 2x Gigabit LAN (1x 802.11af PoE)
* IP68 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Both ethernet ports are set to LAN by default, matching the labelling on
the case. However, since both GMAC Interfaces eth0 and eth1 are connected
to the switch (QCA8337), the user may create an additional 'wan' interface
as desired and override the vlan id settings to map br-lan / wan to either
the PoE or non-PoE port, depending on the individual scenario of use.
So, the LAN and WAN ports would then be connected to different GMACs, e.g.
config interface 'lan'
option ifname 'eth0.1'
...
config interface 'wan'
option ifname 'eth1.2'
...
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '1'
option ports '1 0t'
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '2'
option ports '2 6t'
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[add configuration example]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Have the port use GMAC1 with internal switch
which fixes the issue of the ethernet LED not functioning
The LED is triggered by the internal switch, not a GPIO.
The GPIO for the ethernet LED was added in ath79
as it was defined in the ar71xx target
but it was not functioning in ath79 for a previously unknown reason.
It is unknown why that GPIO was defined as an LED in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[drop unrelated changes: model property and SPI max frequency]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
for:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
- EnstationAC v1
- EWS511AP
For EWS511AP, have default behavior as static ip
to match the behavior of all other APs in ath79
These boards are sold as
Client Bridge or Point to Point or Access Point
so there is probably no benefit to have WAN by default
for one of the ports, to prevent user confusion.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
While the latest version of 19.07 release is usable,
the current master is unbootable on the device in a normal way.
"Normal way" installations includes:
- sysupgrade (e.g. from 19.07)
- RESET button recovery with Ron Curry's (Wingspinner) UBoot image
(10.10.10.3 + "Kernal.bin")
- RESET button recovery with original U-Boot
(10.10.10.254 + "kernel")
One could flash and boot the latest master sysupgrade image successfully
with serial access to the device. But a sysupgrade from this state still
breaks the U-Boot and soft-bricks the device.
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
shellcheck recommends || and && over "-a" and "-o" because the
latter are not well defined.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware random number generator driver for bcm63xx was merged with
the one used by the Raspberry Pi. Now this driver is lost.
Reenable the HW_RANDOM kernel config with the new driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[refresh kernel config]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Instead of taking the input of one temperature sensor (temp1), the
script takes into account three temperature sensors to control the
PWM of the cooling fan.
temp1 -> placed on main board
temp2 -> placed on main board
temp3 -> placed on or close to chipset
All three temperatures give valid input for the PWM of the fan on
NSA310 and are actually changing.
Tested on two NSA310.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Beckler <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FRITZ!Box 7412 loads the firmware for fast ethernet PHY and mii is
more accurate in this case.
Gmii is used by Gigabit ethernet PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Reviewed-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces a full-text BSD clause by the corresponding SPDX
identifier.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces several full-text and abbreviated licenses found in
DTS files by the corresponding SPDX identifiers.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UniElec U7621-01 is a router platform board, the smaller model of
the U7621-06.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256 of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612
- 1x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0 (uses the usb 3.0 driver)
- 8x LEDs (1x GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E (wifi)
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612 (wifi)
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards and LTE modem cards)
- miniSIM slot (works with normal size simcard)
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation:
This board has no locked down bootloader. The seller can be asked to
install openwrt v18.06, so upgrades are standard sysupgrade method.
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Signed-off-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
[add DEVICE_VARIANT, fix DEVICE_PACKAGES, remove &gpio]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR12 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
- SoC: AR7242-AH1A CPU
- RAM: 64MiB (NANYA NT5DS32M16DS-5T)
- NOR Flash: 16MiB (MXIC MX25L12845EMI-10G)
- Ethernet: 1 x PoE Gigabit Ethernet Port (SoC MAC + AR8021-BL1E PHY)
- Ethernet: 1 x 100Mbit port (SoC MAC+PHY)
- Wi-Fi: Atheros AR9283-AL1A (2T2R, 11n)
Installation:
1. Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
2. Open shell case
3. Connect a USB->TTL cable to headers furthest from the RF shield
4. Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
5. Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
6. Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR12
7. sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null
) | $cmd
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[add LED migration and extend compat message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
- Wireless: built in 2.4GHz (bgn)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Buttons: 1x Reset
- LEDs: 1x (WiFi)
Flash instructions:
- Configure TFTP server with IP address 10.10.10.3
- Name the firmware file as firmware.bin
- Connect any Ethernet port to the TFTP server's LAN
- Choose option 2 in U-Boot
- Alternatively choose option 7 to upload firmware to the built-in
web server
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
2g *:XX factory 0x4
LAN *:XX+1 factory 0x28
WAN *:XX+1 factory 0x2e
Notes:
This board is ostensibly a module containing the MediaTek MT7688AN SoC,
128 MB DDR2 SDRAM and 32 MB flash storage. The SoC can be operated in
IoT Gateway Mode or IoT Device Mode.
From some vendors the U-Boot that comes installed operates on UART 2
which is inaccessible in gateway mode and operates unreliably in the
Linux kernel when using more than 64 MB of RAM. For those, updating
U-Boot is recommended.
Signed-off-by: Ewan Parker <ewan@ewan.cc>
[add WLAN to 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
Removed upstreamed patches:
imx6: 303-ARM-dts-imx6qdl-gw52xx-fix-duplicate-regulator-namin.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
The PCI device ID detected by the wifi drivers on devices using a fallback
SPROM is wrong. Currently the chipnum is used for this parameter.
Most SSB based Broadcom wifi chips are 2.4 and 5GHz capable. But on
devices without a physical SPROM, the only one way to detect if the device
suports both bands or only the 5GHz band, is by reading the device ID from
the fallback SPROM.
In some devices, this may lead to a non working wifi on a 5GHz-only card,
or in the best case a working 2.4GHz-only in a dual band wifi card.
The offset for the deviceid in SSB SPROMs is 0x0008, whereas in BCMA is
0x0060. This is true for any SPROM version.
Override the PCI device ID with the one defined at the fallback SPROM, to
detect the correct wifi card model and allow using the 5GHz band if
supported.
The patch has been tested with the following wifi radios:
BCM43222: b43: both 2.4/5GHz working
brcm-wl: both 2.4/5GHz working
BCM43225: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: working
brcm-wl: it lacks support
BCM43217: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: it lacks support
brcm-wl: it lacks support
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[amend commit description, rework patch to avoid using a new global variable
and keep ssb sprom extraction code as close to ssb/pci.c as possible]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
New upstream changes extract more SPROM values and fix the antenna gain.
These changes can be found in linux drivers/ssb/pci.c.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711, ipq806x/R7800,
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Add statistics to ethtool. The statistics can be useful to
debug network issues.
The code is backported from mainline ag71xx.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Leon Leijssen <leon.git@leijssen.info>
Hardware
--------
Atheros AR7241
16M SPI-NOR
64M DDR2
Atheros AR9283 2T2R b/g/n
2x Fast Ethernet (built-in)
Installation
------------
Transfer the Firmware update to the device using SCP.
Install using fwupdate.real -m <openwrt.bin> -d
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable support for the Ubiquiti UniFi Outdoor+ RF filter via
device-tree. The old way of using platform data is not required anymore,
as it was only used on the now removed ar71xx target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently it's not possible to boot the device with just initramfs image
without additional effort as the initramfs image doesn't contain device
tree. Fix it by producing FIT based image which could be booted with
following commands:
setenv bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
tftpboot ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm ${kernel_addr_r}
Acked-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The thermal zones kernel documentation is misleading, we cannot use more
than one sensor in a thermal zone node.
Furthermore the drivetemp driver for some reason it only catches one
sensor from the hard drives array (the first available).
In the Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE board there is also a sensor at the
ethernet phy chip that can also be monitored. Very useful to stop the fan
when there are no hard drives in the bays.
(It might be also possible to add the CPU sensor, but it requires kernel
patching for registering the sensor via device tree, using the function:
devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register)
Fix the thermal zones to use only one sensor per node and add the ethernet
phy sensor. Also adjust the hdd temperatures to be more conservative for
a mechanical hard drive.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
A header used in ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I and WRC-1750GHBK2-I/C is also
used in ELECOM WRC-2533GHBK-I, so split the code to generate the header
and move it to image-commands.mk to use from ramips target.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This drops the shebang from another bunch of files in various /lib
folders, as these are sourced and the shebang is useless.
Fix execute bit in one case, too.
This should cover almost all trivial cases now, i.e. where /lib is
actually used for library files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Calling netdev_reset_queue() from _stop() functions is causing sporadic kernel
panics on bcm63xx, which happen mainly on BCM6318 and BCM6328.
This reverts to the previous behaviour, which called netdev_reset_queue() from
_open() functions.
Tested on Comtrend AR-5315u (BCM6318).
Fixes: 1d6f422e34 ("bcm63xx: sync ethernet driver with net-next")
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This sets SUPPORTED_DEVICES to match the compatible in the DTS.
While at it, synchronize the capitalization in DEVICE_MODEL and
DTS model.
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, move variable in armv8.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the Build recipes alphabetically, wraps some long lines
and moves the DEVICE_VARS to the top like common on several other
targets.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We have support for reference boards available on this target, so
support for an additional generic profile does not make much sense.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on kirkwood,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq806x,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq40xx,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ramips,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Actually, rt288x didn't have a default profile in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ath79,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Add a table API that has per accss register locking and uses
register description information to handle all table access
through a single set of api calls.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Adds support for the RTL9300 and RTL9310 series of switches
with 10GBit per port and up to 56 ports.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the internal SerDes of the RTL9300 SoC
and for the RTL8218D and RTL8226B phys found in combination
with this SoC in switches.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This fixes the usage of the RTL8231 GPIO extender chip
when used with the RTL839X SoCs. Specifically,
the PHY addresses may be different from 0.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Makes sure the DSA trailer information on any L2 offloading done
by the switch is honoured by the bridge layer
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for identifying QoS information in packets
and use this and rate control information to submit to multiple
egress queues. The ethernet driver is also made to support
2 egress and up to 32 egress queues.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
this adds support for the SoC timer of the RTL9300 chips, it
provides 6 independent timer/counters, of which the first one
is used as a clocksource and the second one as event timer.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the RTL8390 and RTL9300 SoCs
it also cleans up unnecessary definitions in mach-rtl83xx.h
and moves definitions relevant for irq routing to irq.h
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support to detect RTL930X based SoCs and the RTL9313 SoC.
Tested on Zyxel XGS1210-10 (RTL9302B SoC) and the
Zyxel XS1930-12 (RTL9313 SoC)
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Comment out some conflicting target configs that are set from subtarget
configs, which sometimes lead to kernel compile warnings:
scripts/kconfig/conf --syncconfig Kconfig
net/sched/Kconfig:45: warning: menuconfig statement without prompt
.config:1038:warning: override: CPU_MIPS32_R2 changes choice state
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Append a device specific version trailer used by the stock
firmware upgrade application to validate firmwares.
The trailer contains a list of ZyXEL firmware version
numbers, which includes a four letter hardware identifier.
The stock web UI requires that the current hardware matches
one of the listed versions, and that the version number is
larger than a model specific minimum value. The minimum
version varies between V1.00 and V2.60 for the currently
known GS1900 models. The number is not used anywhere else
to our knowlege, and has no direct relation to the version
info in the u-image header. We can therefore use an
arbitrary value larger than V2.60.
The stock firmware upgrade application will only load and
flash the part of the file specified in the u-image header,
regardless of file size. It can therefore not be used to
flash images with an appended rootfs. There is therefore no
need to include the trailer in other images than the
initramfs. This prevents accidentally bricking by attempts
to flash other images from the stock web UI.
Stock images support all models in the series, listing
all of them in the version trailer. OpenWrt provide model
specific images. We therefore only list the single supported
hardware identifier for each image. This eliminates the risk
of flashing the wrong OpenWrt image from stock web UI.
OpenWrt can be installed from stock firmware in two steps:
1) flash OpenWrt initramfs image from stock web gui
2) boot OpenWrt and sysupgrade to a squasfs image
The OpenWrt squashfs image depends on a static partition
map in the DTS. It can only be installed to the "firmware"
partition. This partition is labeled "RUNTIME1" in u-boot
and in stock firmware, and is referred to as "image 0" in
the stock flash management tool. The OpenWrt initramfs
can be installed and run from either partitions. But if
you want to keep stock irmware in the spare system partition,
then you must make sure stock firmware is installed to the
"RUNTIME2" partition referred to as "image 1" in the stock
web UI. And the initial OpenWrt initramfs must be flashed
to "RUNTIME1"/"image 0".
The stock flash management application supports direct
selection of both which partition to flash and which
partition to boot next. This allows software controlled
"dual-boot" between OpenWrt and stock firmware, without
using console access to u-boot. u-boot use the "bootpartition"
variable stored in the second u-boot environment to select
which of the two system partitions to boot. This variable
is set by the stock flash management application, by direct
user input. It can also be set in OpenWrt using e.g
fw_setsys bootpartition 1
to select "RUNTIME2"/"image 1" as default, assuming a
stock firmware version is installed in that partition.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The stock firmware of the ZyXEL GS1900 series use a non-standard
u-image magic. This is not enforced by the stock u-boot, which is
why we could boot images with the default magic. The flash
management application of the stock firmware will however verify
the magic, and refuse any image with another value.
Convert to vendor-specific value to get flash management support
in stock firmware, including the ability to upgrade to OpenWrt
directly from stock web UI.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
x86 uses append-metadata, but only for signing and not for the
metadata itself.
Since recently SUPPORTED_DEVICES was assigned with a global value
and is not empty anymore, append-metadata will now actually put
metadata into x86 images. This breaks sysupgrade on x86.
To fix it for the moment, let's just empty SUPPORTED_DEVICES for
this target again.
In the long term, one should either not add metadata to the images
if it is not desired, and/or remove the unintended fwtool check.
Fixes: f52081bcf9 ("treewide: provide global default for SUPPORTED_DEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the new global SUPPORTED_DEVICES are now available in bcm53xx
as well, we do not need to specify an explicit value for the MR32
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP1200H
Engenius EAP1200H is an indoor wireless access point with
1 Gb ethernet port, dual-band wireless,
internal antenna plates, and 802.3at PoE+
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm
- AR8035-A PHY RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN
- 40 MHz clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 populated
- 4 internal antenna plates (5 dbi, omni-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth0, 2G, 5G, WPS) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH, 2.4G, and 5GHz
Only one Vendor MAC address in flash
eth0 ETH *:a2 art 0x0
phy1 2.4G *:a3 ---
phy0 5GHz *:a4 ---
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART RX pin at J10
**Installation:**
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will brick the device
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery:**
Requires serial console, reset button does nothing
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board, interrupt boot
execute tftpboot and bootm 0x81000000
NOTE: TFTP is not reliable due to bugged bootloader
set MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP1200H is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
The clock delay required for RGMII can be applied
at the PHY side, using the at803x driver `phy-mode`.
Therefore the PLL registers for GMAC0
do not need the bits for delay on the MAC side.
This is possible due to fixes in at803x driver
since Linux 5.1 and 5.3
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The majority of our targets provide a default value for the variable
SUPPORTED_DEVICES, which is used in images to check against the
compatible on a running device:
SUPPORTED_DEVICES := $(subst _,$(comma),$(1))
At the moment, this is implemented in the Device/Default block of
the individual targets or even subtargets. However, since we
standardized device names and compatible in the recent past, almost
all targets are following the same scheme now:
device/image name: vendor_model
compatible: vendor,model
The equal redundant definitions are a symptom of this process.
Consequently, this patch moves the definition to image.mk making it
a global default. For the few targets not using the scheme above,
SUPPORTED_DEVICES will be defined to a different value in
Device/Default anyway, overwriting the default. In other words:
This change is supposed to be cosmetic.
This can be used as a global measure to get the current compatible
with: $(firstword $(SUPPORTED_DEVICES))
(Though this is not precisely an achievement of this commit.)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "edimax,uimage"" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,partition-magic and
openwrt,offset properties.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Some devices prepend a standard U-Boot Image with a vendor specific
header, having its own magic. Adding two new properties will support
validation of such images, including the additional magic.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The "netgear,uimage" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,ih-magic and
openwrt,ih-type properties.
Device tree properties for the following devices have not
been set, as they have been dropped from OpenWrt with the
removal of the ar71xx target:
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V1 0x32303031
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V4 0x32303034
FW_MAGIC_WNR1000V2_VC 0x31303030
FW_MAGIC_WPN824N 0x31313030
Tested-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net> # WNDR3700v2
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> # WNDR3700v1
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users to the generic "openwrt,uimage" using device specific
"openwrt,ih-magic" properties, and remove "allnet,uimage".
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The only difference between the "openwrt,okli" and the generic
parser is the magic. Set this in device tree for all affected
devices and remove the "openwrt,okli" parser.
Tested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@protonmail.com> # EAP300 v2, ENS202EXT and ENH202
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users of the "fonfxc" and "sge" parsers to the generic
"openwrt,uimage", using device specific "openwrt,padding" properties.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> [DIR-878 A1]
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
It's required for BCM4908. It cannot use "bcm-wfi-fw" parser because
that one requires *two* JFFS2 partitions which is untested / unsupported
on the BCM4908 architecture. With a single JFFS2 partition "bcm-wfi-fw"
parser will:
1. Fail to find "vmlinux.lz" as it doesn't follow "1-openwrt" file
2. Create partitions that don't precisely match bootfs layout
The new parser is described in details in the MTD_SPLIT_CFE_BOOTFS
symbol help message.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Sync ethernet driver code with upstream Linux kernel:
-Reduce xmit_more code changes.
-Combine rx cleanup code into a function.
-Convert to build_skb.
-Improve rx loop by optimizing loop tracking.
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106144208.1935-1-liew.s.piaw@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Amend commit description, move patches to the top since they are going to be
upstreamed]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Hamming ECC devices do not cover OOB data, as opposed to BCH ECC devices.
Therefore, disabling ECC for all devices is preventing BCH devices from
correctly reading and writing the OOB data.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The OEM assignment of LAN ports is swapped.
Fixes: c2a7bb520a ("ramips: mt7621: add support for Xiaomi Mi Router 4")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Xiaomi Mi Router 4 is the same as Xiaomi Mi Router 3G, except for
the RAM (256Mib→128Mib), LEDs and gpio (MiNet button).
Specifications:
Power: 12 VDC, 1 A
Connector type: barrel
CPU1: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz, 4 cores)
FLA1: 128 MiB (ESMT F59L1G81MA)
RAM1: 128 MiB (ESMT M15T1G1664A)
WI1 chip1: MediaTek MT7603EN
WI1 802dot11 protocols: bgn
WI1 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI1 antenna connector: U.FL
WI2 chip1: MediaTek MT7612EN
WI2 802dot11 protocols: an+ac
WI2 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI2 antenna connector: U.FL
ETH chip1: MediaTek MT7621A
Switch: MediaTek MT7621A
UART Serial
[o] TX
[o] GND
[o] RX
[ ] VCC - Do not connect it
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:c2 factory 0xe000 (label)
WAN *:c3 factory 0xe006
2g *:c4 factory 0x0000
5g *:c5 factory 0x8000
Flashing instructions:
1.Create a simple http server (nginx etc)
2.set uart enable
To enable writing to the console, you must reset to factory settings
Then you see uboot boot, press the keyboard 4 button (enter uboot command line)
If it is not successful, repeat the above operation of restoring the factory settings.
After entering the uboot command line, type:
setenv uart_en 1
saveenv
boot
3.use shell in uart
cd /tmp
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
nvram commit
reboot
4.login to the router http://192.168.1.1/
Installation via Software exploit
Find the instructions in the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Oz <sequentiality@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift, rebase onto shared DTSI/common device
definition, bump uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a DTSI for Xiaomi devices with 128M NAND.
This allows to consolidate the partitions and a few other nodes for
AC2100 family and Mi Router 3G.
Note that the Mi Router 3 Pro has 256M NAND and differently sized
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a shared device definition for Xiaomi devices with
NAND and "separate" images, i.e. kernel1.bin and rootfs0.bin.
This allows to consolidate similar/duplicate code for AC2100 family
and Mi Router 3G.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since generic images have been split to their own
Makefile boards are showing up twice in menuconfig
as $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was not dropped from
the new generic.mk.
Hence $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was being called
twice.
So, lets simply drop it from generic.mk.
Fixes: 378c7ff282 ("ipq40xx: split generic images into own file")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
There seems to be a problem with setting #WP. On the other hand ignoring
the #WP seems to work. rootfs_data UBI volume seems to persist changes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4908 bootloader requires firmware with JFFS2 image containing:
1. cferam.000
2. 94908.dtb
3. vmlinux.lz
4. device custom files
cferam.000 can be obtained from the bcm63xx-cfe repository.
device custom files are stored in images dir.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
procd doesn't work with just serial specified in the DT (using chosen &
stdout-path). It requires tty device to be explicitly specified in the
cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1. It's useful for developing & validating DTS files inside OpenWrt
2. This will allow backporting later changes that depend on it
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, apply shared DTSI/device node, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 and to-be-added MR1750 family are very similar.
Make the existing MR900 DTSI more general so it can be used for
the MR1750 devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The shared image definitions for OpenMesh devices are currently
organized based on device families. This introduces some duplicate
code, as the image creation code is mostly the same for those.
This patch thus derives two basic shared definitions that work for
all devices and only requires a few variables to be moved back to
the device definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 is a modified version of the Exx900/Exx1750 family.
These devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with
the delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1]
and parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the ECB1750 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR600 is a modified version of the EAP600 family. These
devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with the
delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1] and
parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the EAP600 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 8x GPIO-LEDs (6x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 4x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, make WLAN LEDs consistent, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
These devices do not run Ubiquiti AirOS. Rename the partition to the
name used by other UniFi devices with vendor dualboot support.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The NanoPi R2S does not have a board specific MAC address written inside
e.g. an EEPROM, hence why it is randomly generated on first boot.
The issue with that however is the lack of a driver for the PRNG.
It often results to the same MAC address used on multiple boards by
default, as urngd is not active at this early stage resulting in low
available entropy.
There is however a semi-unique identifier available to us, which is the
CID of the used SD card. It is unique to each SD card, hence we can use
it to generate the MAC address used for LAN and WAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This enables the MikroTik platform driver, it enables us to parse
valuable info from hard_config including WLAN calibration data
extraction from sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This enables the new MikroTik specific partition parser.
This avoids manually specifying the MikroTik specific partitions as they
can be detected by their magic values.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
MikroTik devices require the use of raw vmlinux out of the self
extracting compressed kernels.
They also require 4K sectors, kernel2minor, partition parser as well as
RouterBoard platform drivers.
So in order to not add unnecessary code to the generic sub target lets
introduce a MikroTik sub target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
If the watchdog is enabled, set the timeout to 30 seconds before
decompress is started.
Mikrotik ipq40xx devices running with RouterBoot have the SoC watchdog
enabled and running with a timeout that does not allow time for the
kernel to decompress and manage the watchdog.
On ipq40xx RouterBoot TFTP boot the watchdog countdown is reset before:
Jumping to kernel
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This adds a appended_dtb section to the ARM decompressor
linker script.
This allows using the existing ARM zImage appended DTB support for
appending a DTB to the raw ELF kernel.
Its size is set to 1MB max to match the zImage appended DTB size limit.
To use it to pass the DTB to the kernel, objcopy is used:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinux
This is based off the following patch:
c063e27e02
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The removed config symbols are already enabled by the generic kernel
configuration (or by default), while the added ones are forcefully
enabled by the specific architecture.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The USB port definition is only needed when it is linked to a USB
LED. Since there is none for this device, we might as well remove
the port definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 1x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
Flashing from serial console
1. Connect serial console (115200 baud)
2. Connect ethernet to a network with a TFTP server, through a
passive PoE injector.
3. Press a key to obtain a u-boot prompt
4. Set your TFTP server's ip address, with:
setenv serverip <tftp-server-address>
5. Set the Bullet AC's ip address, with:
setenv ipaddr <bullet-ac-address>
6. Set the boot file, with:
setenv bootfile <name-of-initramfs-binary-on-tftp-server>
7. Fetch the binary with tftp:
tftpboot
8. Boot the initramfs binary:
bootm
9. From the initramfs, fetch the sysupgrade binary, and flash it with
sysupgrade.
The Bullet AC is identified as a 2WA board by Ubiquiti. As such, the UBNT_TYPE
must match from the "Flashing through factory firmware" install instructions
to work.
Phy0 is QCA988X which can tune either band (2.4 or 5GHz). Phy1 is AR9342,
on which 5GHz is disabled. It isn't currently known whether phy1 is
routed to the N connector at all.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The following four led triggers are enabled in generic config.
* kmod-ledtrig-default-on
* kmod-ledtrig-heartbeat
* kmod-ledtrig-netdev
* kmod-ledtrig-timer
Drop the packages and remove them from DEVICE_PACKAGES.
There's no other package depending on them in this repo.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Those targets have already enabled some other LED triggers, so enabling
a few more won't be a big problem.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The heartbeat trigger is used by luci-mod-system, which is installed
as a part of the standard luci package set. It seems the LED trigger
will be required quite often, so let's enable it by default.
This increases uncompressed kernel size by about 100 bytes on ath79/generic.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This fixes a typo in the previously committed partition map that led to
the extension of the read-only mtd partition "SSD" into the following
partitions.
Fixes: 4e46beb313 ("ipq806x: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AC HD")
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
This allows libnetfilter_queue to access connection tracking information
by requesting NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK. Connection tracking information is
provided in the NFQA_CT attribute.
CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_GLUE_CT enables the interaction between
nf_queue and nf_conntrack_netlink. Without this option, trying to access
connection tracking information results in "Operation not supported".
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
Both devices use u-boot env variables to boot OpenWrt from its flash
partition. Using u-boot envtools, it is possible to change the bootcmd
back to the stock firmware partition directly from OpenWrt without
attaching a serial cable or even physically accessing the device.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
RAM: 512MB DDR3
Flash: 256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
32MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25U25635F)
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R b/g/n
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R a/n/ac
ETH: eth0 - SECONDARY (Atheros AR8033)
eth1 - MAIN (Atheros AR8033)
USB: USB-C
LED: Dome (white / blue)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the /tmp directory of the device
using scp. Default IP address is 192.168.1.20 and default username and
password are "ubnt".
SSH to the device and write the bootselect flag to ensure it is booting
from the mtd partition the OpenWrt image will be written to. Verify the
output device below matches mtd partition "bootselect" using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 seek=7 conv=notrunc of=/dev/mtd11
Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the mtd partition labeled
"kernel0". Also verify the used partition device using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/tmp/sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock12
Reboot the device.
Back to stock
-------------
Use the TFTP recovery procedure with the Ubiquiti firmware image to
restore the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
BCM4906, BCM4908 and BCM49408 are SoCs with 64 bit ARMv8 B53 CPUs.
Upstream Linux is slowly getting support for that SoCs family so it
makes sense to add target for it.
This prepares initial support for:
1. Asus GT-AC5300
BCM4908 based device (4 CPUs) with 1024 MiB RAM, NAND, 8 LAN ports.
2. Netgear R8000P
BCM4906 based device (2 CPUs) with 512 MiB RAM, NAND, 4 LAN ports.
Flashing info will come later as we learn how to generate proper images.
It isn't usable yet (it only produces a bootable kernel) so "source-only"
is used.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable the ability to use segment routing based on IPv6. It allows the
packet to specify a path that the packet should take through the
network.
Lwtunnel allow an easy encapsulation of a package. You can just install
ip-full package and use it:
ip -6 route add 2003::/64 dev eth0 encap seg6 mode encap \
segs 2001::1,2002::2
An IPv6 package looks like this:
[IPv6 HDR][IPv6 RH][IPv6 HDR][Data...]
Netifd support:
https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/netifd.git;
a=commit;h=458b1a7e9473c150a40cae5d8be174f4bb03bd39
Increases imagesize by 24.125 KiB. Therefore, only enable for devices
with enough flash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
When compiling with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS enabled, compilation might stall
due to unset rockchip-specific config symbols. Disable these to avoid
stalling this step.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE+ support.
There are two versions on the market (v1 & v2) which share similar
specs (same flash size and flash layout, same RAM size, same PoE+ power
envelope) but have a different case and board layout that they each
share with other GS1900 siblings.
The v1 seems to share its PCB and case with non-PoE GS1900-8; as such,
adding support for the GS1900-8 would probably be trivial. The v2 seems
to share its casing and platform with its already supported bigger
brother, the GS1900-10HP - its board looks the same, except for two
holes where the GS1900-10 has its SFP ports.
Like their 10 port sibling, both devices have a dual firmware layout.
Both GS1900-8HP boards have the same 70W PoE+ power budget. In order to
manipulate the PoE+, one needs the rtl83xx-poe package [1].
After careful consideration it was decided to go with separate images
for each version.
Specifications (v1)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8HE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59111KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant, 2x)
* UART: 1 serial header with populated standard pin connector on the
left side of the PCB, towards the bottom. Pins are labeled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Specifications (v2)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Samsung K4B1G0846G 128 MiB DDR3 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59121B0KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant)
* UART: 1 angled serial header with populated standard pin connector
accessible from outside through the ventilation slits on the
side. Pins from top to bottom are clearly marked on the PCB:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and apply both
to the GS1900-8HP v1 and v2 as well.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp//tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[merge PoE case, keep device definitions separate, change all those
hashes in the commit message to something else so they don't get
removed when changing the commit ...]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1, v2 and GS1900-10HP are all built on a similar
Realtek RTL8380M platform. Create a common DTSI in preparation for
GS1900-8HP support, and switch to the macros defined in rtl838x.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[drop redundant includes, use &mdio directly, do not replace SFP
ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove trailing whitespaces in two *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix title, add message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZyXEL spells its own name all uppercase with just the Y lowercase. Adapt
the realtek target to follow this (other OpenWrt targets already do so).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Move the memory out of the rtl838x.dtsi and into the device family DTSI
or device DTS if applicable. This aligns with upstream practice.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[add missing block for dgs-1210-10p, move block below chosen node]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The identifier is already present in rtl838x.dtsi, and adding it
twice is not only redundant but actually wrong.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
These boards were committed before it was discovered
that for all Engenius boards with a "failsafe" image,
forcing the failsafe image to load next boot
can be achieved by editing the u-boot environment like:
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
So it's not necessary to delete a partition to boot to failsafe image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
This moves some of the Engenius boards from generic to tiny:
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
- ENH202 v1
For these, factory.bin builds are already failing on master
branch because of the unique situation for these boards:
- 8 MB flash
- an extra "failsafe" image for recovery
- TFTP does not work (barely possible with 600 MTU)
- bootloader loads image from a longer flash offset
- 1 eraseblock each needed for OKLI kernel loader and fake rootfs
- using mtd-concat to make use of remaining space...
The manual alternative would be removing the failsafe partition.
However this comes with the risk of extremely difficult recovery
if a flash ever fails because TFTP on the bootloader is bugged.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
imx6 has it's own pcie host driver so we do
not need the one from DW.
This fixes following boot error:
[ 0.156913] dw-pcie 1ffc000.pcie: IRQ index 1 not found
Fixes: 6d5291ff72 ("imx6: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2 regulator descriptions carry identical naming.
This leads to following boot warning:
[ 0.173138] debugfs: Directory 'vdd1p8' with parent 'regulator' already present!
Fix this by renaming the one used for audio.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. This has been addressed in
b69c21738e ("treewide: add space before SPDX identifier"), but
some new malformatted identifiers were merged recently.
This could have been prevented by using checkpatch.pl earlier.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Fixes: 8ddaeaf642 ("ipq806x: create DTSI for TP-Link AD7200 and C2600")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link AD7200 appears with and without the "Talon" model name
prefix. Let's use both variants for 'make menuconfig' so everybody
can locate the device.
Concerning the revision, the TP-Link page lists v1 and v2 with the
device currently marked as "End of Life". However, the v2 and latest
v1 firmware are byte-identical. Thus, we only need one image for
this device and do not need to include the revision in the image name.
While at it, remove the useless BOARD_NAME variable which only makes
sense in combination with upgrade from legacy stable versions or when
custom upgrade scripts are involved.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both devices share most of their setup except buttons and LEDs,
so having a common DTSI removes a lot of duplicate code.
In order to have a shared partitioning scheme, device-id and
product-info from AD7200 have been merged into a single
product-info partition like for C2600.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This does several cosmetic adjustments for AD7200's DTS:
- Make node name, DT label and label property consistent
- Drop wrong and unused spi4 label
- Use generic flash@0 node name
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MT7915 radio currently advertises 2.4GHz channels while the antenna
path only supports 5 GHz. Limit the radio to 5GHz channels to prevent
users from configuring non-supported channels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes the build problems for the REALTEK target by adding a proper
configuration option for the phy module.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
While the underscore in the name of the USB LEDs was removed from DTS,
/etc/board.d/01_leds also has to reflect that change.
Fixes: 28fd279e5d ("ipq806x: some corrections for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7621AT
256M DDR3
32M SPI-NOR
MediaTek MT7603 2T2R 802.11n 2.4GHz
MediaTek MT7915 2T2R 802.11ax 5GHz
Not Working
-----------
- Bluetooth (connected to UART3)
UART
----
UART is located in the lower left corner of the board. Pinout is
0 - 3V3 (don't connect)
1 - RX
2 - TX
3 - GND
Console is 115200 8N1.
Boot
----
1. Connect to the serial console and connect power.
2. Double-press ESC when prompted
3. Set the fdt address
$ fdt addr $(fdtcontroladdr)
4. Remove the signature node from the control FDT
$ fdt rm /signature
5. Transfer and boot the OpenWrt initramfs image to the device.
Make sure to name the file C0A80114.img and have it reachable at
192.168.1.1/24
$ tftpboot; bootm
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Update the bootloader environment.
$ fw_setenv devmode TRUE
$ fw_setenv boot_openwrt "fdt addr \$(fdtcontroladdr);
fdt rm /signature; bootubnt"
$ fw_setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
4. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
5. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock4
6. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
7. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Below are the original installation instructions prior to the discovery
of "devmode=TRUE". They are not required for installation and are
documentation only.
The bootloader employs signature verification on the FIT image
configurations. This way, booting unauthorized image without patching
the bootloader is not possible. Manually configuring the bootcmd in the
U-Boot envronment won't work, as this is restored to the default value
if modified.
The bootloader is made up of three different parts.
1. The SPL performing early board initialization and providing a XModem
recovery in case the PBL is missing
2. The PBL being the primary U-Boot application and containing the
control FDT. It is LZMA packed with a uImage header.
3. A Ubiquiti standalone U-Boot application providing the main boot
routine as well as their recovery mechanism.
In a perfect world, we would only replace the PBL, as the SPL does not
perform checks on the PBLs integrity. However, as the PBL is in the same
eraseblock as the SPL, we need to at least rewrite both.
The bootloader will only verify integrity in case it has a "signature"
node in it's control device-tree. Renaming the signature node to
something else will prevent this from happening.
Warning: These instructions are based on the firmware intially
shipped with the device and potentially brick your device in a way it
can only be recovered using a SPI flasher.
Only (!) proceed if you understand this!
1. Extract the bootloader from the U-Boot partition using the OpenWrt
initramfs image.
2. Split the bootloader into it's 3 components:
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=spl.bin bs=1 skip=0 count=45056
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=pbl.uimage bs=1 skip=45056 count=143360
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=ubnt.uimage bs=1 skip=188416
3. Strip the uImage header from the PBL
$ dd if=pbl.uimage of=pbl.lzma bs=64 skip=1
4. Decompress the PBL
$ lzma -d pbl.lzma --single-stream
The decompressed PBL sha256sum should be
d8b406c65240d260cf15be5f97f40c1d6d1b6e61ec3abed37bb841c90fcc1235
5. Open the decompressed PBL using your favorite hexeditor. Locate the
control FDT at offset 0x4CED0 (0xD00DFEED). At offset 0x4D5BC, the
label for the signature node is located. Rename the "signature"
string at this offset to "signaturr".
The patched PBL sha256sum should be
d028e374cdb40ba44b6e3cef2e4e8a8c16a3b85eb15d9544d24fdd10eed64c97
6. Compress the patched PBL
$ lzma -z pbl --lzma1=dict=67108864
The resulting pbl.lzma file should have the sha256sum
7ae6118928fa0d0b3fe4ff81abd80ecfd9ba2944cb0f0a462b6ae65913088b42
7. Create the PBL uimage
$ SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=1607909492 mkimage -A mips -O u-boot -C lzma
-n "U-Boot 2018.03 [UniFi,v1.1.40.71]" -a 84000000 -e 84000000
-T firmware -d pbl.lzma patched_pbl.uimage
The resulting patched_pbl.uimage should have the sha256sum
b90d7fa2dcc6814180d3943530d8d6b0d6a03636113c94e99af34f196d3cf2ce
8. Reassemble the complete bootloader
$ dd if=patched_pbl.uimage of=aligned_pbl.uimage bs=143360 count=1
conv=sync
$ cat spl.bin > patched_uboot.bin
$ cat aligned_pbl.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
$ cat ubnt.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
The resulting patched_uboot.bin should have the sha256sum
3e1186f33b88a525687285c2a8b22e8786787b31d4648b8eee66c672222aa76b
9. Transfer your patched bootloader to the device. Also install the
kmod-mtd-rw package using opkg and load it.
$ insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1
Write the patched bootloader to mtd0
$ mtd write patched_uboot.bin u-boot
10. Erase the kernel1 partition, as the bootloader might otherwise
decide to boot from there.
$ mtd erase kernel1
11. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device and install
using sysupgrade.
FIT configurations
------------------
In the future, the MT7621 UniFi6 family can be supported by a single
OpenWrt image.
config@1: U6 Lite
config@2: U6 IW
config@3: U6 Mesh
config@4: U6 Extender
config@5: U6 LR-EA (Early Access - GA is MT7622)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Address most comments made by Adrian Schmutzler on the mailing list.
The device name is kept as 'TP-Link Talon AD7200' as that seems to be
the marketing name TP-Link chose for that device, it also matches the
naming scheme for other TP-Link devices (e.g. 'TP-Link Archer C7').
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device hardware: https://deviwiki.com/wiki/TP-LINK_AD7200_(Talon)
The Talon AD7200 is basically an Archer C2600 with a third PCIe lane
and an 802.11ad radio. It looks like the Archers C2600/5400 but the
housing is slightly larger.
Specifications
--------------
- IPQ8064 dual-core 1400MHz
- QCA9988 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9990 5GHz WiFi
- QCA9500 60GHz WiFi
- 32MB SPI Flash
- 512MiB RAM
- 5 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface.
Sysupgrade is possible.
TFTP recovery is possible.
- Image: AD7200_1.0_tp_recovery.bin
Notes
- This will be the first 802.11ad device supported by mainline.
Signed-off-by: Gary Cooper <gaco@bitmessage.de>
It is good practice to define device tree files based on specific
SoCs. Thus, let's not start to create files that are used across
different architectures.
Duplicate the DTSI file for D-Link DAP-2xxx in order to have one
for qca953x and one for qca955x, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device is a one-port, but was set up as two-port by the
default case in 02_network. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
* IP55 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9558, 16 MiB Flash, 256 MiB RAM, 802.11n 3T3R
* QCA9984, 802.11ac Wave 2 3T3R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11at PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Commit 29ca10e537 ("ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19") moved
DTS files to "files" directory, but after that a new DTS file was added
to the former "files-5.4" directory. Move it to the new directory.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Kernel config does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 25d9df670b ("mediatek: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DTS files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 0fbdb51f76 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The phy label/node name should correspond to the reg property.
While at it, use more common decimal notation for reg property itself.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 57e4cc8261.
Cmdline override patch was fixed. It's time for reenable
Asrock G10 support.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch have missplaced entry in
arch/arm/Kconfig file. It causes problem with other cmdline
patches. This patch put Kconfig entry in correct place.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Suggested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
UDP tunneling support isn't user-selectable, but it's required by WireGuard
which is, for the time being, an out-of-tree module. We currently work around
this issue by selecting an unrelated module which depends on UDP tunnelling
(VXLAN). This is inconvenient, as it implies this unrelated module needs to be
built-in when doing a monolithic build.
Fix this inconvenience by making UDP tunneling user-selectable in the kernel
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
This patch was backported to the 5.4 kernel tree as commit
c2d5c4df27e0 at least since release v5.4.28. Since then, it enables RX
an TX ready override twice.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Since updating the MDIO driver, the probe will fail hard on any
PHY not present on the bus, while this was not the case prior.
Fixes commit 26b1f72381 ("ipq40xx: net: phy: ar40xx: remove PHY
handling")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
WAN/LAN LEDs appear to be wrong in ar71xx and have been swapped here.
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[add LED swap comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[drop redundant status from eth1]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The upgrade script for the openmesh sysupgrade procedure used always an 1
byte block size. This made it easier to seek the correct position in the CE
image and to make sure the right amount of data was copied. But this also
meant that the reading/writing of data required an excessive amount of
syscalls and copy operations.
A 5.4MB big sysupgrade image on an OM2P-HS v3 needed roughly 120s for the
write operation (170s in total) during the sysupgrade.
But it is possible to reduce this overhead slightly:
* index access to read the file size can be done in single 8 byte chunk
(while doing the seek with byte granularity) because each size entry is
example 8 bytes long
* the fwupgrade.cfg can be read as one block (while seeking to its position
using its actual byte offset) because it should be rather small and fit
into the RAM easily
* the kernel can be read in 1KB blocks (while seking to its positions using
its actual byte offset) because the the size of the kernel is always a
multiple of the NOR flash block size (64KB and 256KB)
This results in a sysupgrade write time of roughly 90s (140s in total).
This could be reduced even further when also using larger chunks for the
rootfs. But the squashfs rootfs image is at the moment always
(256KB or 64KB) * block + 4 bytes
long. It would be expected that the time for the sysupgrade write could be
reduced to roughly 30s (80s in total) when busybox's dd would support
the iflag count_bytes.
Reported-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[wrap two very long lines, fix typo in comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After device support for ASRock G10 was added in [1], several
people reported broken ipq806x devices, with one or several of the
following symptoms:
- Device does not boot
- Sysupgrade does not work
- Serial console is broken
The issues appears to be caused by the introduction of the symbol
CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE=y in [1].
This patch disables the corresponding symbol again and marks the
ASRock as BROKEN, as it probably won't work properly without it.
Further references:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=354098b86296e6 (commitcomment-45455875)
[1] 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
sysupgrade.bin has been added to IMAGES twice, resulting in
warnings like:
Makefile:86: warning: overriding recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Makefile:86: warning: ignoring old recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current support for MikroTik NAND-based devices relies on a
gross hack that packs the kernel into a static YAFFS stub, as the
stock bootloader only supports booting a YAFFS-encapsulated kernel.
The problem with this approach is that since the kernel partition is
blindly overwritten without any kind of wear or badblock management
(due to lack of proper support for YAFFS in OpenWRT), the NAND flash
is not worn uniformly and eventually badblocks appear, leading to
unbootable devices.
This issue has been reported here [1] and discussed in more detail
here [2].
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/rb433-bad-sector-cannot-start-openwrt/71519
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3026#issuecomment-673597461
Until a proper fix is found (or the stock bootloader supports other
filesystems), we disable building these images to prevent unknowing
users from risking their devices.
Thanks to Thibaut Varène for summarizing the details above.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A few devices in ath79 and ramips use mtd-concat to concatenate
individual partitions into a bigger "firmware" or "ubi" partition.
However, the original partitions are still present and visible,
and one can write to them directly although this might break the
actual virtual, concatenated partition.
As we cannot do much about the former, let's at least choose more
descriptive names than just "firmwareX" in order to indicate the
concatenation to the user. He might be less tempted into overwriting
a "fwconcat1" than a "firmware1", which might be perceived as an
alternate firmware for dual boot etc.
This applies the new naming consistently for all relevant devices,
i.e. fwconcatX for virtual "firmware" members and ubiconcatX for
"ubi" members.
While at it, use DT labels and label property consistently, and
also use consistent zero-based indexing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Otherwise the missing symbol is added to target config for every kernel
config refresh.
While at it, remove the disabled symbol from target configs.
Fixes: 4943bc5cff ("kernel: only strip proc for small flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The option was introduced in upstream linux commit a6484045 ("[TCP]: Do
not present confusing congestion control options by default.").
The option is set to y in generic config and to the moment does not
incur additional size increment. Make it y for all so that packages
such as kmod-tcp-bbr do not have to set it on every occasion
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MiB
FLASH1: 4 MiB NOR
FLASH2: 128 MiB NAND
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset
LED: Power, Internet
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
OTHER: On board with BLE module - by cp210x USB serial chip
On board hareware watchdog with GPIO0 high to turn on, and GPIO4 for watchdog feed
Install via uboot tftp or uboot web failsafe.
By uboot tftp:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-glinet_gl-ap1300-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
By uboot web failsafe:
Push the reset button for 10 seconds util the power led flash faster,
then use broswer to access http://192.168.1.1
Afterwards upgrade can use sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
This commit adds support for Qualcomm IPQ8062 SoC.
IPQ8062 is a lower clock variant of IPQ8064.
CPU and NSS clocks:
- CPU: 384 MHz - 1 GHz
- NSS: 110 MHz - 550 MHz
opp and l2 clock values are taken from WG2600HP3 GPL source code [1].
Due to a lack of devices, I didn't test the following features.
- SATA
- NAND flash memory controller
- SD
- USB
- GSBI2, GSBI7
- PCIE2
- GMAC0, GMAC3
Works properly:
- GSBI4 UART
- GSBI5 SPI
- GMAC1, GMAC2
- PCIE0, PCIE1
- MDIO0
Does not work properly:
- CPU SPC
- This can cause a system hang. Same as IPQ8065.
See 2336c2dbb1
[1] https://www.aterm.jp/function/wg2600hp3/appendix/opensource.html
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
FCC ID: U2M-EAP350
Engenius EAP350 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external ethernet switch, and 2 internal antennas.
Specification:
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH MX25L6406E
- 32 MB RAM EM6AA160TSA-5G
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz) (reset)
- 2 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC address is labeled as "MAC"
Only 1 address on label and in flash
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC *:0c art 0x0
phy0 --- *:0d ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.10.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP350 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap350-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap350-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
uboot did not have a good value for 1 GBps
so it was taken from other similar DTS file.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP600
Engenius EAP600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, 4 internal antennas
and 802.3af PoE.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, wps) (reset)
- 4 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC 1 *:5e ---
phy1 MAC 2 *:5f --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 ----- *:60 art 0x0 (5 GHz)
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The boards have equivalent hardware except for LEDs
and equivalent device config except for MACs
also use naming convention for mtd-concat partitions
to prepare for upcoming patch
"treewide: use more descriptive names for concatenated partitions"
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB600
Engenius ECB600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, and 4 external antennas.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz) (reset)
- 4 external antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
phy1 MAC 1 *:52 --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 MAC 2 *:53 --- (5 GHz)
eth0 ----- *:54 art 0x0
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ECB600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ecb600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ecb600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the ECB series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Commit 5fc28ef479 ("ath79: Add support for Plasma Cloud PA300")
added the IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs definition, which leaks into
other devices, resulting in sysupgrade.bin images that are actually
tarballs and do not boot when directly written to flash.
We can use the normal sysupgrade.bin command variable for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[fix format, spelling]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The image never worked in any release and is also broken in snapshots
due to stock bootloader not loading more than 4 MiB.
Hence it's better to remove the image for now, users who want to flash
OpenWrt on new devices may build LEDE 17.01 with everything possible
disabled to get a small enough and working factory image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Lets use the generic upstream phy_print_status() instead of doing
something similar by hand.
Before:
ess_edma c080000.edma: eth1: GMAC Link is up with phy_speed=1000
After:
ess_edma c080000.edma eth1: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have a proper PHY driver for QCA807x and AR803x has already
been supported properly there is no need for the driver to be poking
on PHY registers for ethtool ops.
So, lets simply use the generic
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get/phy_ethtool_ksettings_set functions.
This also has the advantage of properly populating stuff other than
speeds like, transceiver type, MDI-X etc.
ethtool before:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
ethtool after:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: off (auto)
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since the new PHY driver manages each PHY individually and therefore
registers each PHY that is marked with gpio-controller; DT property as a
GPIO controller we need to convert old DT bindings to account for this.
Only 2 boards use this so its not much of an issue.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds necessary DT properties for QCA807x PHY-s to IPQ4019 DTSI.
Also adds the PSGMII PHY as it wont get probed otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
PHY needs to be soft reset before starting it from ethernet driver as
AR40xx calibration will leave it in unwanted state.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have proper PHY driver for the QCA807x PHY-s, lets remove
PHY handling from AR40xx.
This removes PHY driver, PHY GPIO driver and PHY init code.
AR40xx still needs to handle PSGMII calibration as that requires R/W
from the switch, so I am unable to move it into PHY driver.
This also converted the AR40xx driver to use OF_MDIO to find the MDIO
bus as it now cant be set through the PHY driver.
So lets depend on OF_MDIO in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds driver for the Qualcomm QCA8072 and QCA8075 PHY-s.
They are 2 or 5 port IEEE 802.3 clause 22 compliant
10BASE-Te, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T PHY-s.
They feature 2 SerDes, one for PSGMII or QSGMII connection with MAC,
while second one is SGMII for connection to MAC or fiber.
Both models have a combo port that supports 1000BASE-X and 100BASE-FX
fiber.
Each PHY inside of QCA807x series has 2 digitally controlled output only
pins that natively drive LED-s.
But some vendors used these to driver generic LED-s controlled by
user space, so lets enable registering each PHY as GPIO controller and
add driver for it.
This also adds the ability to specify DT properties so that 1000 Base-T
LED will also be lit up for 100 and 10 Base connections.
This is usually done by U-boot, but boards running mainline U-boot are
not configuring this yet.
These PHY-s are commonly used in Qualcomm IPQ40xx, IPQ60xx and IPQ807x
boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
With the reworked MDIO driver, EDMA will fail to get the MII BUS as it
used the MII BUS stored inside the MDIO structure private data.
This obviously does not work with the modernized driver, so lets switch
to using a purpose build of_mdio_find_bus() which will return the MII
BUS and only requires the MDIO node to be passed.
This is easy as we already have the node parsed.
Also, since we now require OF_MDIO add that as dependency.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ40xx MDIO driver was upstreamed in kernel version 5.8.
So lets backport the upstream version and drop our local one.
This also refreshed the kernel config since the symbol name has changed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
ELECOM WRC-1167GST2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 256 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 32 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:07 (Factory, 0xE000 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:08 (Factory, 0xE006 (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:09 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:0A (none)
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GST2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GS2-B is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:13 (Factory, 0xFFF4 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:14 (Factory, 0xFFFA (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:15 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:16 (Factory, 0x4 (hex))
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GS2-B normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a dedicated DTSI for ELECOM WRC GS devices with 2 PCI
WiFi chips in preparation for the 1 chip - dual radio devices, so
the latter can reuse part of the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v71) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 (2 ports)
PLC: MaxLinear G.hn 88LX5152
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET, WiFi, PLC Button
LEDS: red/white home, white WiFi
To modify a retail device to run OpenWRT firmware:
1) Setup a TFTP server on IP address 192.168.0.100 and copy the OpenWRT
initramfs (initramfs-fit-uImage.itb) to the TFTP root as 'uploadfile'.
2) Power on the device while pressing the recessed reset button next to
the Ethernet ports. This causes the bootloader to retrieve and start
the initramfs.
3) Once the initramfs is booted, the device will come up with IP
192.168.1.1. You can then connect through SSH (allow some time for
the first connection).
4) On the device shell, run 'fw_printenv' to show the U-boot environment.
Backup this information since it contains device unique factory data.
5) Change the boot command to support booting OpenWRT:
# fw_setenv bootcmd 'sf probe && sf read 0x84000000 0x180000 0x400000 && bootm'
6) Change directory to /tmp, download the sysupgrade (e.g. through wget)
and install it with sysupgrade. The device will reboot into OpenWRT.
Notice that there is currently no support for booting the G.hn chip.
This requires userland software we lack the rights to share right now.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schake <stefan.schake@devolo.de>
Currently, you are not able to get statistics about IPv4 and IPv6
usage. This information can be collected via the snmp and snmp6.
However, in the current state this interface is disabled as you can
read in the "902-debloat_proc.patch":
"Strip non-essential /proc functionality to reduce code size"
Tools like netstat use the snmp/6 interface to collect interface
statistics. Some prometheus exporters also mention this:
- prometheus-collectors/netstat.lua
- prometheus-collectors/snmp6 (still a PR)
- collectd/snmp6 (still a PR)
PRs:
- https://github.com/collectd/collectd/pull/3789
- https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/14158
Instead of enabling it as default for all devices we condition it
default y if SMALL_FLASH
A test shows it needs around 16 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Seagate BlackArmor NAS220 is a consumer NAS
with two internal drive bays. The stock OS runs
RAID 1 over the disks via mdadm.
Device specification:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800 MHz
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- 2 x internal SATA II drives
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (single port, no switch)
- WLAN: None
- LED: Power, Status, Sata Activity
- Key: Power, Reset
- Serial: 10 pin header, (115200,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL
9|x - x|10
7|x - x|8
5|x - GND|6
3|x - RX|4
1|TX - x|2
front of case
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
NOTE: this process uses a serial connection. It will upgrade the
bootloader and reset the bootloader environment variables
TFTP server setup
- Setup PC with TFTP server set the PC IP to 10.4.50.5 as TFTP server
- Copy these files to TFTP server location
- u-boot.kwb
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
Seagate NAS setup
- Connect LAN cable between PC and seagate device
- Connect to serial to seagate device
Install u-boot
- Boot seagate device and stop in bootloader by pressing any key
- run 'printenv' from u-boot and save the values
- tftpboot 0x2000000 u-boot.kwb
- nand erase.part uboot
- nand write 0x2000000 0x0 ${filesize}
- reset
Update MAC address in u-boot env
- Stop in u-boot by pressing any key
- Get your MAC address from your saved printenv. Is also on chassis
- setenv ethaddr <your MAC>
- saveenv
Option 1 (recommended) - Install OpenWrt via initramfs and sysupgrade
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- bootm 0x2000000
- *OpenWrt should be running now, however it is not written to flash yet*
- From the running instance of OpenWrt use Luci's "flash image" feature
from the web site or use sysupgrade from the console to write
seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to flash
Option 2 - Install OpenWrt by flashing factory image from u-boot
- nand erase.part ubi
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
- nand write 0x2000000 ubi ${filesize}
- reset
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
The ASRock G10 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac "Gaming" router,
based on Qualcomm IPQ8064.
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
CPU: Dual-Core A15 @ (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
DRAM: 512 MiB (~467 MiB available)
NAND: 128 MB (Micron MT29F1G08ABBEAH4)
WLAN0: 4T4R 5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
WLAN1: 4T4R 2.4 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
INPUT: Reset Button, WPS 2.4G and WPS 5G Button
LEDS: 1 multicolor status LED
USB: 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
POWER: 12VDC/3A AC Adapter + dedicated Power Switch
UART: Setting is 115200-8-N-1. 1x4 .1" unpopulated header
on the PCB (J6 - very tiny silkscreen next to TX).
Pinout: 1. 3v3 (Square - best skipped!), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
(Depending on the serial adapter RX and TX might need to
be swapped).
Note about the IR-Remote:
There's a 8-Bit MCU (SONIX SN8F25E21SG) which is controlling the
IR-Remote and is fed by the IR-Photodiode. The SoC can talk to
the device via I2C. The vendor's GPL archive comes with the source
of the interface driver for this as a (character driver), the main
control software is however a blob.
Installation Instructions:
1. Download factory image to disk
2. Apply factory image via stock web-gui
Back to stock:
1. Login to router via ssh
2. run "asrock_g10_back_to_factory" script from /sbin
Notes:
- If something goes wrong durring sysupgrade, router will go back to
factory image.
- Asrock G10 uses partition layout from smem. So partition layout can
be normal or alternate.
- 900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch was copied from 102-powerpc-add-cmdline-override.patch
from powerpc target.
Knowledge about BOOTCONFIG partition was based on user "jmomo" post from old
OpenWrt forum (Post #50):
https://forum.archive.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=65956&p=2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump to 5.4, add factory image, fix sysupgrade, convert partition
layout to smem, remove ipq-wifi-asrock-g10 and use ART, minor fixes]
Co-Authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Ostapiuk <palibrzuch@gmail.com>
Newer EnGenius software that still uses the tar.gz platform
instead of the custom header requires more checks for upgrading,
but their script includes a way to skip them...
the existence of a file in the tar.gz called failsafe.bin
Their upgrade script has these lines:
\#pass check when upload with full image file
[ "${errcode}" -eq "1" ] && [ -f failsafe.bin ] && errcode="0"
This overrides the script's "errcode" variable
which can be set if any of the following actions/checks fail:
- untarring of the upload
- magic number for kernel: "2705"
- magic num for rootfs: "7371" or "6873"
- md5sums for each file in the format
filename:md5
- existence of a file matching FWINFO*
that it has boardname in the name somewhere (grep)
that the 4th field of separator "-" is at least 3 (version)
Otherwise we would need to generate md5sums in this strange format
and touch a file with specific requirements in the name.
This does not effect boards where the advanced checks do not apply.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-ENSTAC
Engenius EnStationAC v1 is an outdoor wireless access point/bridge with
2 gigabit ethernet ports on 2 external ethernet switches,
5 GHz only wireless, internal antenna plates, and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN (PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm)
- AR8035-A switch (RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN)
- AR8031 switch (SGMII GbE with PoE OUT)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 (unpopulated)
- internal antenna plates (19 dbi, directional)
- 7 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan, RSSI) (reset)
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHz
Vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
eth0 ETH *:d3 art 0x0/0x6
eth1 ---- *:d4 ---
phy0 5GHz *:d5 ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP recovery:
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board
hold or press reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EnStationAC is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8033 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
For eth0 at 1000 speed, the value returned was
ae000000 but that didn't work, so following
the logical pattern from the rest of the values,
the guessed value of a3000000 works better.
later discovered that delay can be placed on the PHY end only
with phy-mode as 'rgmii-id' and set register to 0x82...
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WNDR4700 uboot has an issue with decompressing kernel with default dictionary size (-d23 which is about 8MB).
Limiting lzma dictionary lowers memory footprint and allows device to boot the kernel.
The highest bootable dictonary size is 18, choosing 16 for an extra safety margin.
Kernel size befor and after:
-d23: 2663665 Bytes
-d16: 2892757 Bytes
Kernel size increased by 230kB (9%)
Fixes: FS#3258
Signed-off-by: Wiktor Stasiak <wiktor.stasiak@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
- LEDs: Power, Internet, WiFi 2.4G WiFi 5G, USB 2.0, USB 3.0
The R1 revision is identical to the A1 revision except
- No Config2 Parition, therefore
- factory partition resized to 64k from 128K
- Firmware partition offset is 0x50000 not 0x60000
- Firmware partitions size increased by 64K
- Firmware partition type is "denx,uimage", not "sge,uimage"
- Padding of image creation "uimage-padhdr 96" removed
Installation:
- Older firmware versions: put the factory image on a USB stick, turn on
the telnet console, and flash using the following cmd
"fw_updater Linux /mnt/usb_X_X/firmware.bin"
- D-Link FailsafeUI:
Power down the router, press and hold the reset button, then
re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the internet LED stops
flashing, then jack into any lan port and manually assign a static IP
address in 192.168.0.0/24 other than 192.168.0.0 (e.g. 192.168.0.2)
and go to http://192.168.0.1
Flash with the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Some Russian d-link routers require that their firmware be signed with a
salted md5 checksum followed by the bytes 0x00 0xc0 0xff 0xee. This tool
signs factory images the OEM's firmware accepts them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube AC is a cube shaped device supporting
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with internal 2x2 MIMO antennas.
It can be powered with either one of:
- 24v power supply with 3.0mm x 1.0mm barrel plug
- 24v passive PoE on first LAN port
There are four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN).
First LAN port have optional PoE passthrough to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros AR9342
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing features:
- LED control is not supported
Physical to internal switch port mapping:
- physical port #1 (poe in) = switchport 2
- physical port #2 = switchport 3
- physical port #3 = switchport 5
- physical port #4 (wan/poe out) = switchport 4
Factory update is tested and is the same as for Ubiquiti AirCube ISP
hence the shared configuration between that devices.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPR-2nD (wAP R)
router, a weatherproof 2.4 GHz access point with a miniPCI-e slot and
a SIM card slot.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps (PoE in)
- WiFi: AR9531 2T2R 2.4 GHz (SoC)
- miniPCI-e slot
- 4x green LEDs (1x WiFi, 3x RSSI)
- 1x reset button
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPR-2nD for more details.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* GPIO-LEDs for 2.4GHz, 5GHz-SoC and 5GHz-PCIE
* GPIO-LEDs for power (orange) and status (blue)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V 2A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4018
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 3x GPIO-LEDs for status (cyan, purple, yellow)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af/at POE(+)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V/24V 1A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Other vendors are using functionality similar to the ones OpenMesh used to
implement two areas on the flash to store the default image and a fallback
image. So just change the name to dualboot_datachk.sh to avoid duplicated
code just to have the same script for different vendors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The MIPS code is supposed to fall back to u-boots bootargs whenever the
/chosen/bootargs property is missing. But this feature was accidentally
disabled when the boot_command_line was initialized with an empty space
just to work around problems with early_init_dt_scan_chosen.
But this feature is necessary for some boards which have a dualboot
mechanism and whose u-boot is calculating the correct partition at runtime
without writing this information back to the u-boot-env.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB350
Engenius ECB350 v1 is an indoor wireless access point with a gigabit ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external antennas, and PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN 2.4 GHz (2x2), PCIe on-board
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 2 external antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, lan, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MACs are labeled as WLAN and WAN
vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
phy0 WLAN *:b8 ---
eth0 WAN *:b9 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB350 v1 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
The factory upgrade script follows the original mtd partitions.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from u-boot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board no extra adjustements are needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-USB150 to ath79.
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
factory.bin was not tested for ECB1750...
but it was tested on it's sister board ECB1200
The product ID for the header can be verified by inspecting
the header of OEM images, or in the u-boot environment.
Also:
- the LAN LED is controlled directly by the AR8035 switch
- the labelled (first increment) MAC for both is ethaddr (eth0)
- list packages in alphabetical order
- use default sysupgrade.bin recipe
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
These boards are sister boards
exactly the same hardware except that ECB1200 has:
- QCA9557
- 2 RF circuits/antennas per band instead of 3
- a resistor blocking UART RX line
Tested-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB1200
Engenius ECB1200 is an indoor wireless access point with a GbE port,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, external antennas, and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC MIPS, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- QCA9882 WLAN PCIe card, 5 GHz (2x2)
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH 25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM 1538ZFZ V59C1512164QEJ25
- UART at JP1 (unpopulated, RX shorted to ground)
- 4 external antennas
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wifi2g, wifi5g) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHZ
U-boot environment has the vendor MAC addresses
MAC addresses in ART do not match vendor
eth0 ETH *:5c u-boot-env ethaddr
phy0 5GHZ *:5d u-boot-env athaddr
---- ---- ???? art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
(see TFTP recovery)
perform a sysupgrade
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART pinout at JP1
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is TFTP or serial access to u-boot
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'ap.bin'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.1.10
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
or with serial access:
run `tftpboot` or `run factory_boot` with initramfs-kernel.bin
then `bootm` with the load address
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB1200 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09.
This Engenius board, like ECB1750, uses a proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board clock invert is needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ESR750H
Engenius ESR600H is an indoor wireless router with a gigabit switch,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, internal and external antennas, and a USB port.
**Specification:**
- RT3662F MIPS SOC, 5 GHz WMAC (2x2)
- RT5392L PCI on-board, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- AR8327 RGMII, 7-port GbE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J12 (unpopulated)
- 2 internal antennas (5 GHz)
- 2 external antennas (2.4 GHz)
- 9 LEDs, 1 button (power, wps, wifi2g, wifi5g, 5 LAN/WAN)
- USB 2 port (GPIO controlled power)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as WAN and WLAN
U-boot environment has the the vendor MAC address for ethernet
MAC addresses in "factory" are part of wifi calibration data
eth0.2 WAN *:13:e7 u-boot-env wanaddr
eth0.1 ---- *:13:e8 u-boot-env wanaddr + 1
phy0 WLAN *:14:b8 factory 0x8004
phy1 ---- *:14:bc factory 0x4
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page
OEM webpage at 192.168.0.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to Network Setting --> Tools --> Firmware
Click Browse and select the factory.dlf image
Click Continue to confirm and wait 6 minutes or more...
Method 2: Serial console to load TFTP image:
(see TFTP recovery)
**Return to OEM:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is serial access to uboot
Unlike most Engenius boards, public images are not available...
so the only way to return to OEM is to have a copy
of the MTD partition "firmware" BEFORE flashing openwrt.
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
however it requires serial console access
(soldering pins to the UART pinouts)
build your own image...
with 'ramdisk' selected under 'Target Images'
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'uImageESR-600H'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.99.8
interrupt boot by holding or pressing '4' in serial console
as soon as board is powered on
`tftpboot 0x81000000`
`bootm 0x81000000`
perform a sysupgrade
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
This Engenius board uses the Senao proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
.dlf file extension is also required for OEM software to accept it
**Note on using OKLI:**
the kernel is now too large for the bootloader to handle
so OKLI is used via the `kernel-loader` image command
recently in master several other ramips boards have the same problem
'Kernel panic - not syncing: Failed to find ralink,rt3883-sysc node'
see commit ad19751edc
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
If _machine_hang is not defined on MIPS, the kernel will check if the
CPU can enter a more power efficient sleep mode. Since the realtek
platform supports mips32_r2, this should issue a WAIT instruction
instead of a trivial infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Most of Build/elecom-wrc-factory and Build/elecom-wrc-gs-factory are
nearly equal, Unify those definitions by using "-N" option of mkhash and
splitting the appending text at the end of firmware image for WRC-GS/GST
devices.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Incorrect values were used for the switch initialization causing the
lan port leds to not light up in case of 10Mb or 100Mb connections.
This commit fixes this problem and removes unused values.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh run in a fresh clone
without any existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Backport the upstream kernel fix 525b0858ff to get rid of the kernel
messages:
mvebu-gpio xxxxxx.gpio: IRQ index 3 not found
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The WAN port on Netgear D7800 is unable to connect to an ISP when the
link to the modem is running at less than 1GB.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the phy-handle definition
and replacing it with a fixed-link definition
The WAN port is then able to connect to a modem via a link running at 100Mbs or 10Mbs
Fixes: FS#3086
Signed-off-by: Peter Cardoe <peter@cardoe.co.uk>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE comes with a Ricoh RS5C372A real time
clock. This RTC has the INTRA pin connected to the power management
circuit, allowing to wake up the device from the power off state when an
alarm is scheduled.
Add the "wakeup-source" property in the RTC dts node to allow the use
of the alarm.
Example of use, the device is powered off and it comes to life after 5
minutes:
echo $(expr $(date '+%s') + 60 * 5) > /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/wakealarm
poweroff
This feature isn't available in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The rs5c372 RTC driver has alarm support, but it can't be enabled and only
can handle 24 hours in the future spite the chip is 1 week capable. Provide
these two patches:
- Support alarms up to 1 week
- Let the wakealarm to be used as a wakeup source
This patch makes the alarm wakeup feature to be available in the Buffallo
Linkstation LS421DE (mvebu target) and should also work with any other
device if the hardware has the proper capability.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE isn't able to enable the Level 2 cache
(AKA Aurora cache). As of result of this, the throughput is about half of
the expected, e.g when doing network data transfers.
Fix it by adding the broken-idle property in the coherency fabric node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
'bootz' expects gziped kernel image anyway, so hard-code it to zImage,
and remove root path from 'load' commands, by default the files are
searched in root directory.
This will make the bootscript static, so the command which modified it
when image was created can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Don't hard-code the PTUUID, use U-Boot commands to determine it, as some
partitioning tools could rewrite PTUUID when modifying partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This chunk got mistakenly removed from 30c95c4, since the get_image_dd
evaluates only first agument, so that check is useless.
Fixes: 30c95c4 ("tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
CIFS_STATS is a debugging option. It is not really useful for end users
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed missing config-4.19 file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which is required so that when installing
on MikroTik devices firmware partition would first get erased fully
before writing.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The flash capacity is divided in two flash chips and currently only
first is used. Increase available space for OpenWrt by additional 16 MiB
using mtd-concat driver. Because U-Boot might not be able to load kernel
image spanned through two flash chips, the size of kernel is limited
to space available on first first chip.
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
AirTight Networks (later renamed to Mojo Networks) C-75 is a dual-band
access point, also sold by WatchGuard under name AP320.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9550
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Flash: 2x 16 MiB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9890 oversized Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8334
port labeled LAN1 is PoE capable (802.3at)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs: 7x which two are GPIO controlled, four switch controlled, one
controlled by wireless driver
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
Serial: RJ-45 port, Cisco pinout
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
JTAG: Yes, pins marked J1 on PCB
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to one of LAN ports.
3. Connect to serial port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
6. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
7. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Known issues
Green power LED does not work.
Additional information
The U-Boot fails to initialise ethernet ports correctly when a UART
adapter is attached to UART pins (marked J3 on PCB).
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Adjust spelling of vendor names to what is used in other places.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adjust spelling of vendor name to what is used in other places.
Also move definition in shared section.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These parameters are the same as in vr9.dtsi. This patch removes
redundant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
The PPE only provides a 14 bit hash, however many uses of the skb hash
expect the hash to use the full 32 bit range.
Use jhash to extend the hash to the full size
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
phy-mode is already set to rgmii for eth0 and sgmii for eth1 in
qca955x.dtsi, no need to do that again in the device DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The GL-MT1300 is a high-performance new generation pocket-sized router
that offers a powerful hardware and first-class cybersecurity protocol
with unique and modern design.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A, Dual-Core @880MHz
- RAM: 256 MB DDR3
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 3 x 10/100/1000: 2 x LAN + 1 x WAN
- Wireless: 1 x MT7615D Dual-Band 2.4GHz(400Mbps) + 5GHz(867Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 port
- Slot: 1 x MicroSD card slot
- Button: 1 x Reset button
- Switch: 1 x Mode switch
- LED: 1 x Blue LED + 1 x White LED
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
WAN : factory 0x4000
LAN : Mac from factory 0x4000 + 1
2.4GHz : factory 0x4
5GHz : Mac form factory 0x4 + 1
Flashing instructions:
1.Connect to one of LAN ports.
2.Set the static IP on the PC to 192.168.1.2.
3.Press the Reset button and power the device (do not release the button).
After waiting for the blue led to flash 5 times, the white led will
come on and release the button.
4.Browse the 192.168.1.1 web page and update firmware according to web
tips.
5.The blue led will flash when the firmware is being upgraded.
6.The blue led stops blinking to indicate that the firmware upgrade is
complete and U-Boot automatically starts the firmware.
For more information on GL-MT1300, see the OFFICIAL GL.iNet website:
https://www.gl-inet.com/products/gl-mt1300/
Signed-off-by: Xinfa Deng <xinfa.deng@gl-inet.com>
[add input-type for switch, wrap long line in 10_fix_wifi_mac]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sub target does not support network and there are not so many users
out there, just mark it as source only, so we do jot have to build it.
The quality is not worse than before, it just does not make much sense
to build this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Package architecture aarch64_generic [1] can be used just with three
devices. One is NanoPI R2S and then there are two development boards
from NXP. Let's change armvirt/64 to Cortex A53 (aarch64_cortex-a53)
[2]. It has wider support by multiple devices like NanoPI Neo Plus2/Core2,
ESPRESSObin, Pine64, and Raspberry Pi 2&3.
While looking at ARMvirt/32 it has set CPU_TYPE and CPU_SUBTYPE to be
arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4 [3]. It has support to devices like
Linksys EA8500 v1, Linksys EA7500 v1, Netgear D7800, Netgear R7500 and so on.
Tested with:
qemu-system-aarch64 -m 1024 -smp 2 -cpu cortex-a57 -M virt -nographic \
-kernel openwrt-armvirt-64-Image-initramfs
Successfully compiled and booted.
Here goes the output:
root@OpenWrt:/# uname -a
Linux OpenWrt 5.4.82 #0 SMP Sun Dec 13 12:52:10 2020 aarch64 GNU/Linux
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='OpenWrt'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='SNAPSHOT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TARGET='armvirt/64'
DISTRIB_ARCH='aarch64_cortex-a53'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='OpenWrt SNAPSHOT r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all'
Also, change BOARDNAME to be the same as it is in armvirt/32.
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_generic
[2] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_cortex-a53
[3] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This device has (almost?) identical hardware to the F9J1108 v2 but uses
a different firmware magic and model number.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1Gbit/s ports)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
HTTP upgrade page (which is by default listening on 192.168.2.1). Once
the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Belkin F9J1108 v2 and F9K1115 v2 are (seemingly) identical hardware
with different model numbers. Extract all non-device specific code to a
common .dtsi so it can be re-used when adding support for the
F9K1115 v2.
Similar to the .dtsi most of the image building recipe code can be
re-used. Move everything except the device model, edimax header magic
and edimax header model into a shared build recipe.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[drop duplicate TARGET_DEVICES, add EDIMAX_* to DEVICE_VARS, edit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts the usage of the S-Tag for separating LAN and WAN port on
the embedded switch. Many users complained about not being able to
manage C-Tag addition / removal on the switch as well as degraded
performance.
Fixes: commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ASUS MAP-AC2200 suffers from a lower transmit/receive
signal power as compared to the stock firmware.
Upon investigation, it was discovered that stock firmware from
the GPL_MAP-AC2200_3.0.0.4.384.46249-g97d05bb.tar archive.
set the following GPIOs in "release/src/router/rc/init.c".
GPIO 44 and 46 have to be set to output high
GPIO 45 and 47 have to be set to output low
Here are some results, after activating the relevant
gpios through cmdline:
<https://forum.openwrt.org/t/asus-map-ac2200-low-transmit-receive-signal-5ghz/69005/12>
THX @ slh
Fixes: 9ad3967f14 ("ipq40xx: add support for ASUS Lyra")
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
[slightly rewritten commit, added missing <>)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds DTB to kernel and that way makes it possible to easily boot
initramfs image and also kernel.
The sequence to boot initramfs on Omnia is then just:
env set bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
dhcp 0x1000000 192.168.1.1:openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootz 0x1000000
Without this change kernel boot won't proceed and is stuck on "Starting
kernel".
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match with SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cppcheck shows here duplicated break.
Code `state->speed = SPEED_1000;` will be never executed because above
it there is break statement.
Almost identical statement is placed in another realtek driver
18a53d43d6/target/linux/realtek/files-5.4/drivers/net/dsa/rtl83xx/dsa.c (L286-L294)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
Cppcheck shows self initialization error, which is an obvious bug.
Basing on logic of similar fragment below I assigned to this variable,
value `RTL838X_LED_GLB_CTRL` which I think is proper.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
The Netgear DGND3700v1/DGND3800B shows kernel redundant info at the board
message, already provided by the machine info message.
Use the real board name which is silkscreened on the PCB and used in the
stock firmware header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Removed since included upstream and could be reverse-applied by quilt:
backport-5.4/315-v5.10-usbnet-ipeth-fix-connectivity-with-ios-14.patch
Remaining modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [build/run x86_64]
Innacomm W3400V6 is an xDSL B/G wireless router based on Broadcom BCM6328 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 320 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 8MB, MX25L6406E
RAM: 64 MB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps
Switch: Integrated
Wireless: 802.11b/g, BCM4312
LEDs/Buttons: 9x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1) Set a static IP on your computer compatible
with 192.168.1.1, i.e 192.168.1.100
2) Connect the ethernet cable from your computer to the router.
3) Make sure the router is powered off.
4) Press the reset button, don't release it yet!
5) While pressing reset, power on the router.
6) Wait 10 seconds or more.
Note: The power LED is red at first then turns to solid
green when ready.
8) Release the reset button.
9) Browse to 192.168.1.1
10) Select .bin file.
10) Upgrade the image.
11) Wait for it to reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Ammend commit description, merge patches, DT improvements]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This aligns the device/image names of the older Xiaomi Mi Router
devices with their "friendly" model and DEVICE_MODEL properties.
This also reintroduces consistency with the newer devices already
following that scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A (100M) and 4C are relatively similar in
their specs. Create a shared DTSI for them.
Partitions are split in preparation for Mi Router 4AC.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mt7621, mt7628an and rt5350 have USB controllers (ehci/ohci or xhci)
enabled by default. Thus, this patch drops redundant status=okay
statements in derived device DTS files.
While at it, also drop an explicit status=okay in mt7621.dtsi, as
this is default.
Note:
For rt5350, about 50 % of the devices enabled ehci/ohci in the DTS
files, and there is actually no device actively disabling it.
It looks like only a few people are aware that the controllers are
enabled by default here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, ehci/ohci is enabled in mt7628an SoC DTSI, then
disabled in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, and finally enabled
again in the DTS files of the devices needing it.
This on-off-on scheme is hard to grasp on a quick look. Thus, this
patch drops the status in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, having
the TP-Link devices treated like the rest of mt7628an DTSes, i.e.
ehci/ohci is enabled by default and needs to be disabled explicitly
where needed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device is the non-US build of the F9K1115 v2, with a different
firmware magic.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1gbps)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
http upgrade page.
Once the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Damien Mascord <tusker@tusker.org>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[wrap commit message/code, adjust label-mac-device, whitespace fixes,
merge block in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There's no eth0.2 since all ethernet ports as configured as LAN.
LAN LED is unneeded since all ethernet ports have their own LED.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Technicolor TG582n Telecom Italia branded a.k.a.
Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGTWI)
has the same PCB as the unbranded Technicolor TG582n with LEDs
connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration and
different LED names. It has a PCB similar to the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 one.
Hardware:
* Board ID: DANT-V
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - EtronTech EM68B16CWQD-25H
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Spansion FL 128SAIF00
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43227 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 30)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 1x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service, 4x ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC GND TX RX, on J3 connector (short R62 and R63)
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the CFE boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
PCB: |GPIO: |TG582n: |AGTWI:
LED2R |488(08) |red Power |red Power
LED2G |484(04) |green Power |green Power
LED10R |486(06) | |missing R85 end LED
LED13G |485(05) |green Ethernet |green ADSL
LED11R |494(14) | |red Internet
LED14G |491(11) |green Broadband |green Internet
LED5R |487(07) |red Internet |red Wi-Fi
LED5G |481(01) |green Internet |green Wi-Fi
LED12R |498(18) | |red Service
LED12G |499(19) | |green Service
LED6R |482(02) |red Wi-Fi |missing R108 end LED
LED6G |483(03) |green Wi-Fi |missing R107 end LED
LED7R |490(10) |red WPS |missing R91 end LED
LED7G |489(09) |green WPS |missing R92 end LED
LED4 |508(28) |ethernet port 4 |ethernet port 4
LED3 |507(27) |ethernet port 3 |ethernet port 3
LED9 |506(26) |ethernet port 2 |ethernet port 2
LED8 |505(25) |ethernet port 1 |ethernet port 1
SW3 |503(23) |key Reset |key Reset
SW5 |504(24) |key WPS |key Wi-Fi/LED
SW4 |495(15) |key Wi-Fi |missing R127 end key
SW6 |493(13) | |missing R171 end key
SW1 |492(12) | |missing R1 end key
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[DT fixes, base-files fixes and device variant]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4101N A-000-1A1-AE has a similar PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1
with LEDs connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avngv
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - Winbond W9751G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Winbond 25Q128BVFG
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43225 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 23)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x DSL, 1x Internet, 4x ETH, 1x USB, 1x WLAN, 1x WPS, 1x TEL
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS, 1x unnamed
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC RX TX GND, on J502 connector
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the cfe boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
A4101N GPIO LAYOUT:
Power always on
DSL GPIO483(03)
Internet GPIO491(11)
ETH1 GPIO505(25)
ETH2 GPIO506(26)
ETH3 GPIO507(27)
ETH4 GPIO508(28)
USB GPIO490(10)
WLAN controlled by BCM43225
WPS GPIO489(09)
TEL GPIO511(31)
Key RESET GPIO503(23)
Key WPS GPIO504(24)
Key unnamed GPIO492(12)
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit description, DTS improvements, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This adds support for the D-Link DSL-2750u rev C1.
(https://deviwiki.com/wiki/D-Link_DSL-2750U_rev_C1)
It uses the same hardware as ADB P.DG A4001N.
CPU: Broadcom BCM63281 (320 MHz)
RAM: 32M (Winbond W9725G6JB)
Flash: 8M (MXIC MX25L6445E)
Ethernet: 4x 100 Mbps
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM43225
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Assign static IP 192.168.1.100 to PC
2. Unplug the power source
3. Press the RESET button at the router, don't release it yet!
4. Plug the power source.Wait some seconds
5. Release the RESET button
6. Browse to http://192.168.1.1
7. Send the openwrt-bcm63xx-generic-DSL2750U-C1-squashfs-cfe.bin and
wait some minutes until the firmware upgrade finish.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Naseef <naseefkm@gmail.com>
[DTS improvements, proper board patch, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
is a Telecom Italia braded router and it seems that there are no public
available unbranded versions of this router.
The stock Telecom Italia braded firmware has many partitions and the
partition layout changes with every firmware relase.
The PSI nvram partition is present in the stock firmware under the
"UNKNOWN" name but it's empty, full of FFs. Since removing partitions
does not cause problems with the stock firmware reflashing procedure,
I removed from the dts the PSI nvram partition from OpenWrt, expanded
the rootfs one and added the NVRAM partition contained in the
cfe bootloader.
Furthermore this router's flash needs to be entirely reprogrammed
and a new generic bcm6328 cfe must be flashed to boot OpenWrt. The
same process takes place when reflashing the stock firmware.
Here follows the original flash layout for AGPWI_1.1.0_013, the last
stock Telecom Italia braded firmware for which we have root
credentials (admin/riattizzati).
Flash layout:
Section 00 Type BOOT Range 0x00000000-0x00020000 MaxSize 0x00020000
No more information.
Section 01 Type IMAGE Range 0x00020000-0x007C0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 02 Type IMAGE Range 0x00800000-0x00FA0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 03 Type CONF Range 0x00FA0000-0x00FC0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000841E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x0041E03B Counter 0x0000051F Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 04 Type CONF Range 0x00FC0000-0x00FE0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000838E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x00419A5A Counter 0x00000522 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 05 Type FACTORY Range 0x00FE0000-0x00FF0000 MaxSize 0x0000FF6C
Size 0x00000554 Name 'rg_factory'
Checksum 0x0001255E Counter 0x000004D3 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 06 Type UNKNOWN Range 0x00FF0000-0x01000000 MaxSize 0x00010000
No more information.
Total 7 sections found.
The last AGPWI firmware relase should be AGPWI_4.0.6 and it has much more
partitions than AGPWI_1.1.0_013.
The cfe partition in the stock firmware is 0x00020000 bytes long unlike the
OpenWrt dts in wich it's 0x00010000 bytes long because from 0x00010000 to
0x00020000 in the stock cfe there are only 00s and also because the cfe must
anyway be reflashed with a generic bcm6328 cfe 0x00010000 bytes long to
run OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit, remove unneeded cfe_nvram partition]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
The basic features appear to be identical to the Archer C7 v1, however
it has the (supported) QCA9880-BR4A chip of the C7 v2.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880-BR4A
Ethernet: 5x Gbit ports
USB: 2x 2.0 ports
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI.
TFTP recovery appears to be available as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no human intervention needed
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[another refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first gpio controller (gpio or gpio0) is always enabled by
default in the SoC DTSI files. No need to set status=okay in the
device DTS files a second time.
Remove the redundant statements.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
None of the spi drivers on ath79 uses the num-cs property.
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Some x86_64 single board computer (including Atomic Pi)
has onboard emmc, but requires CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI driver
to use or boot from it.
Here is boot message for the mmc device
[ 2.838008] mmc0: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:00] using ADMA
[ 2.857536] mmc1: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:01] using ADMA
[ 2.950019] mmc0: new HS200 MMC card at address 0001
[ 3.158271] mmcblk0: mmc0:0001 M52516 14.6 GiB
[ 3.170290] mmcblk0boot0: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 1 4.00 MiB
[ 3.177191] mmcblk0boot1: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 2 4.00 MiB
[ 3.183963] mmcblk0rpmb: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 3 4.00 MiB, \
chardev (248:0)
Other lines changed in this config file are introduced by menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mengyang Li <mayli.he@gmail.com>
Remove the MDIO reset from the MAC mode for the AR934x SoC family.
The reset is currently also defined for the MDIO node, where the reset
is acquired exclusively.
In case the ethernet node is enabled, this triggers a warning, as the
reset is already acquired by the MAC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TPLink CPE devices CPE210/CPE510 based on ar9344 have a build-in
Low Noise Amplifier on both of the 2x2 mimo rx chains.
This patch activates those two LNAs in the respective receiving chains
and hence improves the RX sensitivity by about 20dB.
Tested on CPE510 v2 & v3.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.
The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1
The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.
Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:
0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.
Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)
Installation:
Via TFTP:
Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE
MAC addresses:
0x4 *:98 2g/wan, label
0x22 *:9c
0x28 *:98
0x8004 *:9c 5g/lan
Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.
By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).
Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.
Some notes on the U-Boot environment:
The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.
The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.
This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:
Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.
Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.
Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
.img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.
Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.
Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around. Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.
Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.
Correct:
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Wrong:
//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).
Found by checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.
Specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
- Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset
How to install:
1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.
Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
- smaller form factor
- different LED GPIOs
- different switch connections
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A
Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR9341
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J1 (populated)
- Ethernet port with POE
- internal antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
phy0 *:d3 art 0x1002 (label)
eth0 *:d4 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Replace my o2.pl email address.
I'm still available at the old address.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Manually rebased patches:
ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.
This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:
Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."
Tested by forum user blinkstar88
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface
Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
* Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2F
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
(e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
(via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.
--- xxd uclited
+++ xxd uclited-patched
@@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D... ..........
000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000 ...L..(!........
-000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010 .D....E.'.......
+000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D..$...........
000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058 .@.....!...t<..X
000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809 <..V$...$..0. ..
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.
EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1
Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.
Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.
Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.
Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
Minor code style fixes,
Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
Remove variable err that was only assigned,
Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.
- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot
** Installation **
Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.
Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.
Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device
Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive
Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r
Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.
Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync
Reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.
It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.
For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.
So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.
Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:
root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait
The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:
KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)
Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.
Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.
Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.
* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
* RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
* Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
* Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
* Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
* Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
* Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
* UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
* Inputs: 1x Reset Button
* Outputs: 1x RGB LED
* FCCID: 2AA52MK7
Flash Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.
Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 2x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.
Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.
If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).
The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.
However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.
[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")
Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.
So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.
This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).
Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.
Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.
As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:
wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )
This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.
The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they
don't have this issue
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.
Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
Installation:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".
Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".
Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:
To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'
Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.
Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:
'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
--output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)
E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1T1R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
- UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.
While at it, drop unneeded include.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code
Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors. E.g.
Before
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
After
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
== upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Manually rebased patches:
bcm27xx:
patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
bcm53xx:
patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
layerscape:
patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
mediatek:
patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]
Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following dtc warning:
../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DRAM
* 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
* 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
- Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
- Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
* 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
- External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
* Power LED
* Reset button on front panel
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6
UART pinout
-----------
[oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
| ^ ||`------ GND
| | |`------- RX
| | `-------- TX
| `---------- Vcc (3V3)
|
`------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
5. Boot the image with `bootm` command
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.
It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.
SoC:
Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
Clocked at 1000Mhz
Memory:
1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
- mtd:
8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
used for uboot/eeprom
- emmc:
4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used
All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.
There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.
All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.
Phy mapping:
- Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
- Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
- Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
- Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port
Why this device needs external dts:
- faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
- to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
- reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
- sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
it also indicates when module inserted or removed
Octeon quirks:
- There is no port status available before it interface brought up
- SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg
How to flash the firmware:
- copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
- connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
- connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
- connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
- connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
- interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
- detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
usb start
- after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
- after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
- boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
- create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
mkdir /tmp/sda
- mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
- flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
- device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt
Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.
It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.
These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.
Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.
Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`
Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.
Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii": delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.
However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").
This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
The mount point is "/tmp/boot", the path in the boot partition is
"/boot/grub/upgraded".
Origin of this mark b9c1cf16 ("x86: add preinit hook for bootloader
upgrade")
Fixes 32f675ca ("x86: fix grub-bios-setup fail during sysupgrade")
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3140
Reported-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").
Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.
Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Ubiquiti UniFi AP does not have a AHB connected radio but a PCI one.
Also the EEPROM ist only 0x440 bytes of length.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").
When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.
Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.
If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:
[ 36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[ 36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[ 36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.
The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.
Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.
command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector
With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.
Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.
Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.
Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.
Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.
We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.
While at it, add a few checks.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.
The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
NXP linux factory unifies one linux kernel for i.MX, Layerscape and
S32 platforms. It provides a common code base for their SDKs.
Add several kernel patches for bug fix from linux factory last release.
Git: https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Tag: LTS-5.4.47-20200828
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update kernel from LSDK-20.04-V5.4 to LSDK-20.04-V5.4-update-290520.
Only two patches added for Layerscape.
LSDK kernel link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.
This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.
This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"
This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.
This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.
Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
"49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.
Run tested: LS1046A-RDB
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.
This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps
Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.
Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.
Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6
with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE. The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G : *:8C
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
